EP4229417A1 - Proteome analysis in pulmonary hypertension - Google Patents

Proteome analysis in pulmonary hypertension

Info

Publication number
EP4229417A1
EP4229417A1 EP21801202.9A EP21801202A EP4229417A1 EP 4229417 A1 EP4229417 A1 EP 4229417A1 EP 21801202 A EP21801202 A EP 21801202A EP 4229417 A1 EP4229417 A1 EP 4229417A1
Authority
EP
European Patent Office
Prior art keywords
pah
biomarkers
subject
amount
tsp2
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
EP21801202.9A
Other languages
German (de)
French (fr)
Inventor
Christopher Rhodes
Martin Wilkins
John Wharton
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Ip2ipo Innovations Ltd
Original Assignee
Imperial College Innovations Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Imperial College Innovations Ltd filed Critical Imperial College Innovations Ltd
Publication of EP4229417A1 publication Critical patent/EP4229417A1/en
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G01N33/6884Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids from lung
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N33/00Investigating or analysing materials by specific methods not covered by groups G01N1/00 - G01N31/00
    • G01N33/48Biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Haemocytometers
    • G01N33/50Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing
    • G01N33/68Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids
    • G01N33/6893Chemical analysis of biological material, e.g. blood, urine; Testing involving biospecific ligand binding methods; Immunological testing involving proteins, peptides or amino acids related to diseases not provided for elsewhere
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/90Enzymes; Proenzymes
    • G01N2333/902Oxidoreductases (1.)
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/90Enzymes; Proenzymes
    • G01N2333/914Hydrolases (3)
    • G01N2333/948Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
    • G01N2333/95Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99)
    • G01N2333/964Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99) derived from animal tissue
    • G01N2333/96425Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99) derived from animal tissue from mammals
    • G01N2333/96427Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99) derived from animal tissue from mammals in general
    • G01N2333/9643Proteinases, i.e. endopeptidases (3.4.21-3.4.99) derived from animal tissue from mammals in general with EC number
    • G01N2333/96472Aspartic endopeptidases (3.4.23)
    • G01N2333/96475Aspartic endopeptidases (3.4.23) with definite EC number
    • G01N2333/96483Renin (3.4.23.15)
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/12Pulmonary diseases
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/52Predicting or monitoring the response to treatment, e.g. for selection of therapy based on assay results in personalised medicine; Prognosis

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to biomarkers associated with pulmonary hypertension.
  • the invention relates to methods for prognosis and diagnosis of pulmonary hypertension using said biomarkers.
  • the invention further relates to the optimisation of therapy for subjects with pulmonary hypertension using said biomarkers.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Pulmonary Hypertension (PH) is a fatal disease characterized by lung blood vessel obstruction due to excessive proliferation of vascular cells and inflammation.
  • PH is currently classified into five separate groups with distinct pathophysiological characteristics. Rare forms include pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH, Group 1) and PH due to pulmonary artery obstructions (Group 4, primarily chronic thromboembolic PH [CTEPH]).
  • PAH pulmonary arterial hypertension
  • CTEPH chronic thromboembolic PH
  • More common forms include usually mild elevations of pressure seen in significant cardiac (PH due to left heart disease, Group 2) and respiratory disease (PH due to lung diseases and/or hypoxia, Group 3) and PH with unclear and/or multifactorial mechanisms (Group 5).
  • the most common symptoms of PAH are progressive breathlessness, fatigue, syncope, and clinical signs of heart failure.
  • the mechanisms underlying PAH are complex, with multiple genetic, epigenetic and environmental mechanisms resulting in remodelling of the pulmonary vasculature.
  • Pulmonary vascular remodelling in PAH involves medial hypertrophy/hyperplasia, intimal and adventitial fibrosis, (in situ) thrombotic lesions, and plexiform lesions, as well as perivascular infiltration of inflammatory cells (B ⁇ and T ⁇ lymphocytes, mast cells, dendritic cells, macrophages, etc.). It affects mainly distal muscular ⁇ type pulmonary arterial vessels and small pre ⁇ capillary arterioles, but post ⁇ capillary veins and bronchial arteries are also affected. Multiple cell types, including pulmonary arterial endothelial cells, fibroblasts, pulmonary arterial smooth muscle cells, myofibroblasts and pericytes are involved in the process of pulmonary vascular remodelling. Remodelling can be trigged by multiple factors, including trauma, environmental factors such as air
  • PAH can also be promoted by circulating factors such as hormones and metabolites.
  • the current licensed treatments for PAH may improve symptoms, but the benefits can be short lived and the clinical response variable between subjects.
  • Around a third of subjects with PAH are classified as idiopathic, heritable or drug ⁇ induced and the annual mortality in this group, even in the most experienced treatment centres, averages 10%.
  • idiopathic, heritable or drug ⁇ induced the annual mortality in this group, even in the most experienced treatment centres, averages 10%.
  • there is evidence of heterogeneity within this subject subgroup as seen in the individual response to specific drugs, for example, the response to calcium antagonists, and in the emerging underlying genetic architecture.
  • NT ⁇ proBNP N ⁇ terminal pro ⁇ brain natriuretic peptide
  • troponin both of these are cardiac markers (reporting on cardiac function) and as such its expression is typically increased in late ⁇ stage disease where include an element of heart failure.
  • no biomarkers for early stage PAH have been proven for clinical use. Accordingly, there is an urgent need in the art for effective means for the early diagnosis and prognosis of PH, particularly PAH, especially in the form of point ⁇ of ⁇ care (POC) testing. In particular, a blood test for the early detection of PAH would be highly desirable. There is also a need for a better understanding of the molecular drivers of PAH to assist in the development of improved drugs.
  • the inventors have quantified more than 4000 proteins, to develop a small panel of plasma proteins identified from an unbiased screen.
  • the inventors have surprisingly demonstrated that a panel of 6 proteins can successfully classify risk, inform the response to treatment and predict the emergence of PAH in relatives of subjects with PAH.
  • the six proteins which may be used as biomarkers for PH, particularly for PAH, are neuropilin ⁇ 1 (NRP1), peroxiredoxin ⁇ 4 (PRDX4), peroxidasin homolog (PXDN), sushi, von Willebrand factor type A, EGF and pentraxin domain ⁇ containing protein 1 (SVEP1), thrombosponin ⁇ 2 (TSP2) and renin.
  • the biomarkers of the invention report directly upon vascular remodelling that occurs during PH (e.g. PAH), and as such changes in the levels of these biomarkers precedes cardiac pathology.
  • the biomarker panel of the invention allows for accurate prediction in right heart strain and cardiac function, enabling earlier diagnosis or prognostic determination.
  • biomarker panel of the invention has utility independent of established clinical diagnostic/prognostic tools, meaning that it could be used as a standalone assay, or in combination with one or more of the established tools.
  • netrin ⁇ 4, TSP2 and endoglin are all causally linked with PH, particularly PAH. In particular, netrin ⁇ 4 activity is increased in PAH, and TSP2 and endoglin activity is decreased in PAH.
  • the invention further relates to therapy for PH (particularly PAH) using an agent which inhibits netrin ⁇ 4 activity; an agent which increases TSP2 activity; an agent which increase endoglin activity.
  • PAH pulmonary arterial hypertension
  • the present invention provides a method for diagnosing or determining a prognosis for pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH), the method comprising: (a) quantifying the amount of two or more biomarkers present in a sample obtained from a subject, wherein the two or more biomarkers are selected from Sushi, Von Willebrand Factor Type A, EGF And Pentraxin Domain ⁇ Containing Protein 1 (SVEP1), peroxidasin (PXDN), renin, neuropilin 1 (NRP1), thrombospondin 2 (TSP2) and peroxiredoxin ⁇ 4 (PRDX4); (b) comparing the amount of the two or more biomarkers with the amount of the same two or more biomarkers in a reference standard; and thereby diagnosing or determining a
  • the invention further provides a method for optimising therapy for a subject undergoing treatment for PAH, the method comprising: (a) quantifying the amount of two or more biomarkers present in a sample obtained from a subject, wherein the two or more biomarkers are selected from
  • the step of comparing the amount of the two or more biomarkers with the amount of the same two or more biomarkers in a reference standard in a method of the invention may comprise calculating a single protein score for the two or more biomarkers.
  • the single protein score may be a weighted combination score of the two or more biomarkers.
  • Calculating the single protein score may comprise calculating z ⁇ scores for the two or more biomarkers relative to the two or more biomarkers in the reference standard, weighting the z ⁇ scores and adding the z ⁇ scores for the two or more biomarkers to arrive at the single protein score.
  • Weighting the z ⁇ scores may comprise multiplying the z ⁇ scores for the two or more biomarkers by the corresponding coefficient set out in Table 1.
  • a method of the invention may comprise (a) (i) diagnosing PAH when the single protein score is at least 1; or (ii) not diagnosing PAH when the single protein score is less than 1; (b) (i) determining a prognosis for PAH of the subject being at high risk of PAH progression when the single protein score is at least 0.57; or (ii) determining a prognosis for PAH of the subject being at low risk of PAH progression when the single protein score is less than 0.57; or (c) (i) changing the subject’s therapy when the single protein score is at least 0.57; or (ii) maintaining the subject’s therapy when the single protein score is less than 0.57.
  • a method of the invention may comprise quantifying the amount of two, three, four, five or six of the biomarkers.
  • the two or more biomarkers may comprise or consist of: (a) at least one of SVEP1, PXDN, NRP1 and TSP2; (b) renin and TSP2; (c) renin, NRP1 and TSP2; (d) renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4; (e) PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4; or (f) SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4.
  • the amount of each the two or more biomarkers may be quantified in a method of the invention using an aptamer ⁇ based assay, ELISA, microarray analysis and/or quantitative real ⁇ time PCR (qPCR).
  • Said aptamer ⁇ based assay may use slow off ⁇ rate modified aptamers; and/or be a multiplex aptamer ⁇ based assay.
  • the method of the invention may use a sample which is a biofluid sample, preferably the sample may be a blood sample a serum sample or a plasma sample.
  • the method of the invention may use a reference standard that is: (i) a non ⁇ PAH reference standard; or (ii) a PAH reference standard.
  • the method of the invention may further comprise: (a) quantifying the amount of one or more additional biomarker for PAH, wherein preferably said one or more additional biomarker for PAH is N ⁇ terminal prohormone of brain natriuretic peptide (NT ⁇ proBNP) in the sample; (b) measuring the pulmonary arterial pressure (PAP) of the subject; (c) measuring the cardiac index of the subject; and/or (d) determining the six ⁇ minute walk distance (6MWD) of the subject.
  • the method of the invention may comprise determining the amount of two or more biomarkers in the subject at least twice using a separate sample taken each time the amount of the two or more biomarkers is quantified.
  • the method of the invention may comprise the use of a sample, wherein: (a) the sample is taken before treatment initiation; (b) the sample is taken after treatment initiation; or (c) separate samples are taken before and after treatment initiation.
  • the method of the invention may further comprise recording the output of at least one step on a data ⁇ storage medium.
  • the invention further provides a data ⁇ storage medium comprising data obtained by a method of the invention.
  • the invention also provides a computer program product comprising program instructions to cause a processor to perform a method of the invention.
  • the invention further provides a method of treating PAH, the method comprising: (a) obtaining the results of a method of diagnosis, a method of determining a prognosis or a method for optimising therapy according to the invention; (b) administering a PAH therapy when PAH is diagnosed (or a prognosis of high ⁇ risk is determined or a current therapy deemed ineffective); and (c) optionally administering a different therapy when PAH is not diagnosed (or a prognosis of low ⁇ risk is determined or a current therapy deemed effective).
  • a PAH therapy for use in a method of treatment of the invention may be selected from a TGF ⁇ superfamily ligand trap, an endothelin receptor antagonist, particularly a selective ET A receptor antagonist, a phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitor, a prostanoid analogue or agonist, particularly a prostaglandin I2 (PGI 2 ) analogue or agonist, a nitric oxide stimulator, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or a combination thereof; wherein optionally the PAH therapy is selected from sotatercept, sildenafil, ambrisentan, iloprost, macitentan,imatinib, epoprostenol, riociguat, selexipag, tadalafil and bosentan or a combination thereof.
  • PDE5 phosphodiesterase type 5
  • PKI 2 prostaglandin I2
  • the invention further provides the use of two or more of SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4 as biomarkers for PAH.
  • the invention also provides a device for carrying out a method of diagnosis, a method of determining a prognosis or a method for optimising therapy according to the invention, which
  • the reagents for quantification of the two or more biomarkers comprised in a device of the invention may comprise: (a) one or more aptamer specific for each of the two or more biomarkers; (b) one or more antibody specific for each of the two or more biomarkers; or (c) one or more antibody for at least one of the two or more biomarkers, and one or more aptamer specific for the two or more biomarkers for which an antibody is not provided.
  • the invention further provides a kit comprising reagents for quantification of two or more biomarkers selected from SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4, wherein preferably the kit comprises reagents for the quantification of SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4.
  • the reagents for quantification of the two or more biomarkers in a kit of the invention may be for quantification of the two or more biomarkers by an aptamer ⁇ based assay or by ELISA.
  • the kit may further comprise standards for use in quantifying the two or more biomarkers by an aptamer ⁇ based assay or by ELISA.
  • Figure 1 Study flow ⁇ chart
  • Figure 2 Hazard ratios for protein aptamers associated with outcomes in PAH subjects. Thirty ⁇ three aptamers (detecting 31 proteins) were independent of both 6MWD (A) and NT ⁇ proBNP (B). Dashed line, p ⁇ 0.05
  • Figure 3 Accuracy of the prognostic model in the cross ⁇ validation analysis. Plot shows a combination of 19 proteins plus age and sex (left dashed line, minimum error) and 6 proteins (right dashed line, minimum error plus 1 standard error to reduce over ⁇ fitting) selected by LASSO analysis.
  • Figure 4 ROC analysis of NT ⁇ proBNP and 6 protein model score, individually and combined.
  • Figure 5 NT ⁇ proBNP, 6 ⁇ protein model and ‘proteins plus NT ⁇ proBNP’ model scores in relatives being screened for PAH.
  • Figure 6 Relatives who developed PAH during screening periods of 2 ⁇ 4 years. Zero point on x ⁇ axis indicates date of catheterisation measuring pulmonary artery pressure above 25 mmHg (PA Mean Baseline plotted). Treatment started following diagnosis. NT ⁇ proBNP, plasma N ⁇ terminal pro ⁇ brain natriuretic peptide, measured by aptamer; 6MWD, six ⁇ minute walk distance (scaled by 10m increment on second y ⁇ axis).
  • Figure 7 Relative of subject with PAH who developed pulmonary hypertension and left ventricular diastolic dysfunction after 10 yrs follow up. Zero point on x ⁇ axis indicates date of catheterisation
  • NT ⁇ proBNP plasma N ⁇ terminal pro ⁇ brain natriuretic peptide, measured by aptamer
  • 6MWD six ⁇ minute walk distance (scaled by 10m increment on second y ⁇ axis).
  • Figure 9 ROC analysis of individual proteins from the 6 ⁇ protein panel, as well as 2 ⁇ , 3 ⁇ , 4 ⁇ and 5 ⁇ protein combinations.
  • Figure 10 Chart illustrating power of the panel with 2 ⁇ , 3 ⁇ , 4 ⁇ and 5 ⁇ protein combinations (loss of best/worst proteins for each).
  • Figure 11 Proteomics and genomics analytic workflow leading to the Mendelian randomisation studies.
  • Figure 12 Protein association with PAH compared to healthy controls.
  • FIG. 1 A volcano plot of aptamers representing 208 independent proteins that met FDR (q ⁇ 0.05, blue dots) in both discovery and replication analysis. Dependent proteins were no longer associated after correcting for renal function or anticoagulation therapy. ‘Not replicated’ proteins only met FDR in the discovery analysis and those ‘Not associated’ failed to meet FDR in discovery analysis.
  • B Protein interaction network derived from STRING database. Proteins are coloured by clusters using the MCL algorithm and only proteins with high confidence (interaction score>0.9) are depicted.
  • Figure 13 Venn diagram shows overlap between proteins that discriminate subjects with PAH from healthy control subjects, proteins associated with prognosis in PAH, and protein instruments for Mendelian randomisation studies.
  • Figure 14 Increased Netrin ⁇ 4 protein expression in human IPAH lungs.
  • “About” may generally mean an acceptable degree of error for the quantity measured given the nature or precision of the measurements. Exemplary degrees of error are within 20 percent (%), typically, within 10%, and more typically, within 5% of a given value or range of values. Preferably, the term “about” shall be understood herein as plus or minus ( ⁇ ) 5%, preferably ⁇ 4%, ⁇ 3%, ⁇ 2%, ⁇ 1%, ⁇ 0.5%, ⁇ 0.1%, of the numerical value of the number with which it is being used.
  • the term “consisting essentially of''” refers to those elements required for a given invention. The term permits the presence of elements that do not materially affect the basic and novel or functional characteristic(s) of that invention (i.e. inactive or non ⁇ immunogenic ingredients).
  • Embodiments described herein as “comprising” one or more features may also be considered as disclosure of the corresponding embodiments “consisting of” and/or “consisting essentially of” such features. Concentrations, amounts, volumes, percentages and other numerical values may be presented herein in a range format.
  • protein refers to a polymer of amino acids, including modified amino acids (e.g., phosphorylated, glycated, glycosylated, etc.) and amino acid analogues, regardless of its size or function.
  • modified amino acids e.g., phosphorylated, glycated, glycosylated, etc.
  • amino acid analogues regardless of its size or function.
  • Protein and polypeptide are often used in reference to relatively large polypeptides, whereas the term “peptide” is often used in reference to small polypeptides, but usage of these terms in the art overlaps.
  • protein and “polypeptide” are used interchangeably herein when referring to a gene product and fragments thereof.
  • exemplary polypeptides or proteins include gene products, naturally occurring proteins, homologs, orthologs, paralogs, fragments and other equivalents, variants, fragments, and analogues of the foregoing.
  • Minor variations in the amino acid sequences of proteins of the invention are contemplated as being encompassed by the present invention, providing that the variations in the amino acid sequence(s) maintain at least 60%, at least 70%, more preferably at least 80%, at least 85%, at least 90%, at least 95%, and most preferably at least 97% or at least 99% sequence identity to the proteins of the invention or an immunogenic fragment thereof as defined anywhere herein.
  • homology is used herein to mean identity.
  • sequence of a variant or analogue sequence of a protein of the invention may differ on the basis of substitution (typically conservative substitution) deletion or insertion.
  • Proteins of the invention may include variants in which amino acid residues from one species are substituted for the corresponding residue in another species, either at the conserved or non ⁇ conserved positions.
  • Variants of protein molecules disclosed herein may be produced and used in the present invention.
  • proteins can be derived from empirical and theoretical models (for example, analysis of likely contact residues or calculated physicochemical property) of proteins sequence, functional and three ⁇ dimensional structures and these properties can be considered individually and in combination.
  • Amino acids are referred to herein using the name of the amino acid, the three ⁇ letter abbreviation or the single letter abbreviation.
  • the term “protein”, as used herein, includes proteins, polypeptides, and peptides.
  • amino acid sequence is synonymous with the term “polypeptide” and/or the term “protein”.
  • amino acid sequence is synonymous with the term “peptide”.
  • the terms "protein” and "polypeptide” are used interchangeably herein.
  • the conventional one ⁇ letter and three ⁇ letter codes for amino acid residues may be used.
  • the 3 ⁇ letter code for amino acids as defined in conformity with the IUPACIUB Joint Commission on Biochemical Nomenclature (JCBN). It is also
  • polypeptide may be coded for by more than one nucleotide sequence due to the degeneracy of the genetic code.
  • Amino acid residues at non ⁇ conserved positions may be substituted with conservative or non ⁇ conservative residues. In particular, conservative amino acid replacements are contemplated.
  • conservative amino acid replacements are contemplated.
  • a “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain.
  • Families of amino acid residues having similar side chains have been defined in the art, including basic side chains (e.g., lysine, arginine, or histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid or glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g., glycine, asparagine, glutamine, serine, threonine, tyrosine, or cysteine), nonpolar side chains (e.g., alanine, valine, leucine, isoleucine, proline, phenylalanine, methionine, or tryptophan), beta ⁇ branched side chains (e.g., threonine, valine, isoleucine) and aromatic side chains (e.g., tyrosine, phenylalanine, tryptophan, or histidine).
  • basic side chains e.g., lysine, arginine, or histidine
  • acidic side chains e.g
  • conservatively modified variants in a protein of the invention does not exclude other forms of variant, for example polymorphic variants, interspecies homologs, and alleles.
  • Non ⁇ conservative amino acid substitutions include those in which (i) a residue having an electropositive side chain (e.g., Arg, His or Lys) is substituted for, or by, an electronegative residue (e.g., Glu or Asp), (ii) a hydrophilic residue (e.g., Ser or Thr) is substituted for, or by, a hydrophobic residue (e.g., Ala, Leu, Ile, Phe or Val), (iii) a cysteine or proline is substituted for, or by, any other residue, or (iv) a residue having a bulky hydrophobic or aromatic side chain (e.g., Val, His, Ile or Trp) is substituted for, or by, one having a smaller side chain (e.g., Ala or Ser) or no side chain (e.g., Gly).
  • an electropositive side chain e.g., Arg, His or Lys
  • an electronegative residue e.g., Glu or As
  • “Insertions” or “deletions” are typically in the range of about 1, 2, or 3 amino acids. The variation allowed may be experimentally determined by systematically introducing insertions or deletions of amino acids in a protein using recombinant DNA techniques and assaying the resulting recombinant variants for activity. This does not require more than routine experiments for a skilled person.
  • a “fragment” of a polypeptide comprises at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 97% or more of the original polypeptide.
  • a typical antibody comprises at least two “light chains” (LC) and two “heavy chains” (HC). The light chains and heavy chains of such antibodies are polypeptides consisting of several domains.
  • Each heavy chain comprises a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as “VH”) and a heavy chain constant region (abbreviated herein as “CH”).
  • the heavy chain constant region comprises the heavy chain constant domains CH1, CH2 and CH3 (antibody classes IgA, IgD, and IgG) and optionally
  • Each light chain comprises a light chain variable domain (abbreviated herein as “VL”) and a light chain constant domain (abbreviated herein as “CL”).
  • VL variable domain
  • CL light chain constant domain
  • the variable regions VH and VL can be further subdivided into regions of hypervariability, termed complementarity determining regions (CDR), interspersed with regions that are more conserved, termed framework regions (FR).
  • CDR complementarity determining regions
  • FR framework regions
  • Each VH and VL is composed of three CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino ⁇ terminus to carboxy ⁇ terminus in the following order: FR1, CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4.
  • the “constant domains” of the heavy chain and of the light chain are not involved directly in binding of an antibody to a target, but exhibit various effector functions. Binding between an antibody and its target antigen or epitope is mediated by the Complementarity Determining Regions (CDRs).
  • CDRs are regions of high sequence variability, located within the variable region of the antibody heavy chain and light chain, where they form the antigen ⁇ binding site.
  • the CDRs are the main determinants of antigen specificity.
  • the antibody heavy chain and light chain each comprise three CDRs which are arranged non ⁇ consecutively.
  • the antibody heavy and light chain CDR3 regions play a particularly important role in the binding specificity/affinity of the antibodies according to the invention and therefore provide a further aspect of the invention.
  • the term “antigen binding fragment” as used herein incudes any naturally ⁇ occurring or artificially ⁇ constructed configuration of an antigen ⁇ binding polypeptide comprising one, two or three light chain CDRs, and/or one, two or three heavy chain CDRs, wherein the polypeptide is capable of binding to the antigen.
  • the sequence of a CDR may be identified by reference to any number system known in the art, for example, the Kabat system (Kabat, E.
  • numbered according to Kabat refers to the Kabat numbering system set forth in Kabat et al. (supra.).
  • the antibodies of the invention or antigen ⁇ binding fragments thereof are preferably monoclonal antibodies. More preferably, the antibodies of the invention or antigen ⁇ binding fragments thereof are isolated monoclonal antibodies.
  • humanized antibody refers to antibodies in which the framework or “complementarity determining regions” (CDRs) have been modified to comprise the CDR of an immunoglobulin of different specificity as compared to that of the parent immunoglobulin.
  • a murine CDR may be grafted into the framework region of a human antibody to prepare the “humanized antibody.” See, e.g., Riechmann, L., et al., Nature 332 (1988) 323 ⁇ 327; and Neuberger, M.S., et al., Nature 314 (1985) 268 ⁇ 270.
  • “humanized antibodies” are those in which the constant region has been additionally modified or changed from that of the original antibody to generate the properties of the antibodies according to the invention, especially in regard to Clq binding and/or Fc receptor (FcR) binding.
  • chimeric antibody refers to an antibody comprising a variable region, i.e., binding region, from one source or species and at least a portion of a constant region derived from a different source or species, usually prepared by recombinant DNA techniques. Chimeric antibodies comprising a murine variable region and a human constant region are preferred. Other preferred forms of “chimeric antibodies” encompassed by the present invention are those in which the constant region has been modified or changed from that of the original antibody to generate the properties of the antibodies according to the invention, especially in regard to Clq binding and/or Fc receptor (FcR) binding. Such chimeric antibodies are also referred to as “class ⁇ switched antibodies”.
  • Chimeric antibodies are the product of expressed immunoglobulin genes comprising DNA segments encoding immunoglobulin variable regions and DNA segments encoding immunoglobulin constant regions. Methods for producing chimeric antibodies involving conventional recombinant DNA and gene transfection techniques are well known in the art. See, e.g., Morrison, S.L., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 81 (1984) 6851 ⁇ 6855; US Patent Nos. 5,202,238 and 5,204,244.
  • the terms “Fc region”, “Fc part” and “Fc” are used interchangeably herein and refer to the portion of a native immunoglobulin that is formed by two Fc chains.
  • Each “Fc chain” comprises a constant domain CH2 and a constant domain CH3.
  • Each Fc chain may also comprise a hinge region.
  • a native Fc region is homodimeric.
  • the Fc region may be heterodimeric because it may contain modifications to enforce Fc heterodimerization.
  • IgG molecules interact with multiple classes of cellular receptors.
  • IgG molecules interact with three classes of Fc ⁇ receptors (Fc ⁇ R) specific for the IgG class of antibody, namely Fc ⁇ RI, Fc ⁇ RII, and Fc ⁇ RIII.
  • Fc ⁇ R Fc ⁇ receptors
  • the important sequences for the binding of IgG to the Fc ⁇ R receptors have been reported to be located in the CH2 and CH3 domains.
  • the antibodies of the invention or antigen ⁇ binding fragments thereof may be any isotype, i.e.
  • Fab fragment and “Fab” are used interchangeably herein and contain a single light chain (e.g. a constant domain CL and a VL) and a single heavy chain (e.g. the constant domain CH1 and a VH).
  • the heavy chain of a Fab fragment is not capable of forming a disulfide bond with another heavy chain.
  • a “Fab' fragment” contains a single light chain and a single heavy chain but in addition to the CH1 and the VH, a “Fab' fragment” contains the region of the heavy chain between the CH1 and CH2 domains that is required for the formation of an inter ⁇ chain disulfide bond. Thus, two “Fab' fragments” can associate via the formation of a disulphide bond to form a F(ab')2 molecule.
  • a “F(ab')2 fragment” contains two light chains and two heavy chains. Each chain includes a portion of the constant region necessary for the formation of an inter ⁇ chain disulfide bond between two heavy chains.
  • An “Fv fragment” contains only the variable regions of the heavy and light chain. It contains no constant regions.
  • a “single ⁇ domain antibody” is an antibody fragment containing a single antibody domain unit (e.g., VH or VL).
  • a “single ⁇ chain Fv” (“scFv”) is antibody fragment containing the VH and VL domain of an antibody, linked together to form a single chain.
  • a polypeptide linker is commonly used to connect the VH and VL domains of the scFv.
  • a “tandem scFv”, also known as a TandAb®, is a single ⁇ chain Fv molecule formed by covalent bonding of two scFvs in a tandem orientation with a flexible peptide linker.
  • a “bi ⁇ specific T cell engager” (BiTE®) is a fusion protein consisting of two single ⁇ chain variable fragments (scFvs) on a single peptide chain. One of the scFvs binds to T cells via the CD3 receptor, and the other to a tumour cell antigen.
  • a “diabody” is a small bivalent and bispecific antibody fragment comprising a heavy (VH) chain variable domain connected to a light chain variable domain (VL) on the same polypeptide chain (VH ⁇ VL) connected by a peptide linker that is too short to allow pairing between the two
  • the antibodies of the invention or antigen ⁇ binding fragments thereof also include derivatives that are modified (e.g., by the covalent attachment of any type of molecule to the antibody) such that covalent attachment does not prevent the antibody from binding to its epitope, or otherwise impair the biological activity of the antibody.
  • suitable derivatives include, but are not limited to fucosylated antibodies, glycosylated antibodies, acetylated antibodies, PEGylated antibodies, phosphorylated antibodies, and amidated antibodies.
  • nucleic acid refers to any molecule, preferably a polymeric molecule, incorporating units of ribonucleic acid, deoxyribonucleic acid or an analogue thereof.
  • the nucleic acid can be either single ⁇ stranded or double ⁇ stranded.
  • a single ⁇ stranded nucleic acid can be one nucleic acid strand of a denatured double ⁇ stranded DNA Alternatively, it can be a single ⁇ stranded nucleic acid not derived from any double ⁇ stranded DNA.
  • the nucleic acid can be DNA.
  • the nucleic acid can be RNA Suitable nucleic acid molecules are DNA, including genomic DNA or cDNA. Other suitable nucleic acid molecules are RNA, including siRNA, shRNA, and antisense oligonucleotides.
  • a "biomarker” is a protein or a fragment or peptide thereof, that is present in the biological sample and that may be isolated from, or measured in, the biological sample.
  • a biomarker can be the entire intact molecule, or it can be a portion thereof that may be partially functional or recognized, for example, by an antibody or other specific binding member.
  • a biomarker is considered to be informative if a measurable aspect or characteristic of the biomarker is associated with a given state of a subject, such as the presence of PH, particularly PAH.
  • a measurable aspect or characteristic may include, for example, the presence, absence, or concentration of the biomarker in the biological sample from the individual and/or its presence as part of a profile of biomarkers.
  • Such a measurable aspect of a biomarker is defined herein as a "feature.”
  • the presence of a biomarker may be a feature.
  • the amount of a biomarker in a sample, or the amount of a biomarker in a sample compared with a control or reference sample may be a feature.
  • a feature may also be a ratio of two or more measurable aspects of biomarkers, which biomarkers may or may not be of known identity, for example.
  • a "biomarker profile" comprises at least two such features, where the features can correspond to the same or different classes of biomarkers such as, for example, two proteins or a
  • nucleic acid and a protein may also comprise at least multiple features.
  • a biomarker profile may comprise at least one measurable aspect of at least one internal standard.
  • Exemplary, but non ⁇ limiting amino acid sequences of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin may comprise or consist of: ⁇ NRP1 – UniProt Accession No. O14786 (version 3 of the sequence, sequence for the entry last modified 23 September 2008), SEQ ID NO: 1; ⁇ PRDX4 – UniProt Accession No. Q13162 (version 1 of the sequence, sequence for the entry last modified 01 November 1996), SEQ ID NO: 2; ⁇ PXDN – UniProt Accession No.
  • Q92626 version 2 of the sequence, sequence for the entry last modified 26 February 2008), SEQ ID NO: 3; ⁇ SVEP1 – UniProt Accession No. Q4LDE5 (version 3 of the sequence, sequence for the entry last modified 18 May 2010), SEQ ID NO: 4; ⁇ TSP2 – UniProt Accession No. P35442 (version 2 of the sequence, sequence for the entry last modified 25 November 2008), SEQ ID NO: 5; and ⁇ renin – UniProt Accession No. P00797 (version 1 of the sequence, sequence for the entry last modified 1 January 1988), SEQ ID NO: 6.
  • variants and fragments of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin are also envisaged as biomarkers according to the invention.
  • the terms “decrease”, “reduced”, “reduction”, or “inhibit” are all used herein to mean a decrease by a statistically significant amount.
  • the terms “reduce,” “reduction” or “decrease” or “inhibit” typically means a decrease by at least 10% as compared to a reference level (e.g.
  • “reduction” or “inhibition” encompasses a complete inhibition or reduction as compared to a reference level.
  • “Complete inhibition” is a 100% inhibition (i.e. abrogation) as compared to a reference level.
  • a decrease can be preferably down to a level accepted as within the range of normal for an individual without a given disorder.
  • the terms “increased”, “increase”, “enhance”, or “activate” are all used herein to mean an increase by a statically significant amount.
  • the terms “increased”, “increase”, “enhance”, or “activate” can mean an increase of at least 10% as compared to a reference level, for example an increase of at least about 20%, or at least about 30%, or at least about 40%, or at least about 50%, or
  • an "increase" is a statistically significant increase in such level.
  • the terms “individual”, “subject”, and “patient”, are used interchangeably herein to refer to a mammalian subject for whom diagnosis, prognosis, disease monitoring, treatment, therapy, and/or therapy optimisation is desired.
  • the mammal can be (without limitation) a human, non ⁇ human primate, mouse, rat, dog, cat, horse, or cow.
  • the individual, subject, or patient is a human.
  • An “individual” may be an adult, juvenile or infant.
  • An “individual” may be male or female.
  • a "subject in need" of treatment for a particular condition can be an individual having that condition, diagnosed as having that condition, or at risk of developing that condition.
  • a subject can be one who has been previously diagnosed with or identified as suffering from or having a condition in need of treatment or one or more complications related to such a condition, and optionally, have already undergone treatment for a condition as defined herein or the one or more complications related to said condition.
  • a subject can also be one who has not been previously diagnosed as having a condition as defined herein or one or more complications related to said condition.
  • a subject can be one who exhibits one or more risk factors for a condition, or one or more complications related to said condition or a subject who does not exhibit risk factors.
  • the term “healthy individual” refers to an individual or group of individuals who are in a healthy state, e.g.
  • disease progression means a change in the way a disease or condition affects a subject over time. For chronic and/or incurable diseases, “progression” typically describes the worsening of a disease or symptoms of said disease over time.
  • PH e.g. PAH
  • progression may be defined as a worsening of PH (e.g. PAH) or the symptoms thereof. Progression may be defined by any established clinical measure, such as those described herein.
  • the terms “risk” and “high risk” of PH (e.g. PAH) progression are used interchangeably to mean to that a subject is statistically likely to exhibit PH (e.g. PAH) progression within a set time period.
  • a high ⁇ risk of progression may based on five ⁇ or eight ⁇ year outcomes (e.g. measured by all ⁇ cause mortality or lung ⁇ transplantation).
  • low risk and “no risk” of PH e.g.
  • PAH progression are used interchangeably to mean to that a subject is statistically unlikely to exhibit PH (e.g. PAH) progression within a set time period.
  • a low ⁇ risk of progression may based on five ⁇ or eight ⁇ year outcomes (e.g. measured by all ⁇ cause mortality or lung ⁇ transplantation).
  • Classification of a subject by a diagnostic/prognostic method of the invention does not require perfect classification. Classification may be characterised by its "sensitivity.” Diagnosis/prognosis may be characterized by its "sensitivity”. "Sensitivity" of diagnosis relates to the percentage of individuals with PH (e.g. PAH) who were correctly identified as having PH (e.g. PAH).
  • “Sensitivity” of prognosis relates to the percentage of individuals with PH (e.g. PAH) whose risk category was correctly identified as high ⁇ risk for progression.
  • “Sensitivity” is defined in the art as the number of true positives divided by the sum of true positives and false negatives.
  • the "specificity” of a diagnosis is defined as the percentage of patients who were correctly identified as not having PH (e.g. PAH), compared with a healthy control(s).
  • “Sensitivity” of prognosis relates to the percentage of individuals with PH (e.g. PAH) whose risk category was correctly identified not having high ⁇ risk for progression.
  • Pulmonary Hypertension The present invention relates to biomarkers for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of pulmonary hypertension (PH), as well as methods for optimising therapy for PH, as described herein.
  • PH pulmonary hypertension
  • PAH pulmonary arterial hypertension
  • PH is a fatal disease characterized by lung blood vessel obstruction due to excessive proliferation of vascular cells and inflammation.
  • PH may be defined as an increase in mean pulmonary arterial pressure (mPAP) of ⁇ 25 mmHg.
  • mPAP is typically determined clinically by right heart catheterization.
  • PAH is a subset of PH, which may be further defined by a pulmonary artery wedge pressure (PAWP, referred to interchangeably as pulmonary capillary wedge pressure or PCWP) ⁇ 15 mmHg and a pulmonary vascular resistance (PVR) >3 Wood units (WU) in the absence of other causes of pre ⁇ capillary PH such as PH due to lung diseases, chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension or other rare diseases.
  • PAWP pulmonary artery wedge pressure
  • PCWP pulmonary capillary wedge pressure
  • PVR pulmonary vascular resistance
  • WU Wood units
  • PH and PAH Shared aetiology between PH and PAH means that methods and biomarkers useful for diagnosis/prognosis/therapy optimisation/treatment of PH have potential in the context of PAH, and vice versa.
  • the biomarkers and methods of the invention may be used independently, or may be used in combination with any other appropriate clinical diagnostic/prognostic tool, biomarker or classification measure.
  • RV right ventricular
  • CI cardiac index
  • RA contractile reserve
  • SvO 2 mixed venous oxygen saturation
  • measures of exercise capacity such as the six ⁇ minute walking distance (6MWD) test and cardiopulmonary exercise testing (CPET) to measure end ⁇ tidal partial pressure of carbon dioxide (pCO 2 ), ventilator equivalents for CO 2 (VE/VCO 2 ), oxygen pulse (VO 2 /HR) and peak oxygen uptake (peak VO 2 ); and biomarkers such as NT ⁇ proBNP and brain natriuretic peptide (BNP).
  • Biomarkers for Pulmonary Hypertension The inventors have used plasma proteomics to identify biomarkers for PH, particularly for PAH.
  • the inventors have identified six proteins which may be used as biomarkers for PH, particularly for PAH: NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin (referred to interchangeably herein as " the six biomarkers " andthe“six protein ”).
  • Each of the six biomarkers may be used alone, in combination with any of the other biomarkers, and/or in combination with one or more additional biomarker for PH, particularly PAH, and/or in combination with any other appropriate clinical diagnostic/prognostic tool, biomarker or classification measure, as disclosed herein.
  • the invention provides the use of any one of NRP1, PXDN, SVEP1 and TSP2 for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of PH (particularly PAH), as well as methods for optimising therapy for PH (particularly PAH), methods of treatment and methods of monitoring as described herein.
  • the invention relates to the use of two of more of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of PH (particularly PAH), as well as methods for optimising therapy for PH (particularly PAH), methods of treatment and methods of monitoring as described herein.
  • the invention relates to the use of any two, any three, any four, any five or all six of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of PH (particularly PAH), as well as methods for optimising therapy for PH (particularly PAH), methods of treatment and methods of monitoring as described herein.
  • the invention relates to the use of three or more (i.e. any three, four, five or all six), four of more (i.e. any four, five or all six), or five or more (i.e. any five or all six) of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of PH (particularly PAH), as well as methods for optimising therapy for PH (particularly PAH), methods of treatment and methods of monitoring as described herein.
  • all six of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of PH (particularly PAH), as well as methods for optimising therapy for PH (particularly PAH), methods of treatment and methods of monitoring as described herein.
  • the invention may relate to the use of any two of the six biomarkers: NRP1 and PRDX4; NRP1 and PXDN; NRP1 and SVEP1; NRP1 and TSP2; NRP1 and renin; PRDX4 and PXDN; PRDX4 and SVEP1; PRDX4 and TSP2; PRDX4 and renin; PXDN and SVEP1; PXDN and TSP2; PXDN and renin; SVEP1 and TSP2; SVEP1 and renin; or TSP2 and renin.
  • the invention may relate to the use of TSP2 and renin.
  • the invention may relate to the use of any three of the six biomarkers: renin, TSP2 and SVEP1; renin, TSP2 and PXDN; renin, TSP2 and PRDX4; renin, TSP2 and NRP1; renin, SVEP1 and PXDN; renin, SVEP1 and PRDX4; renin, SVEP1 and NRP1; renin, PXDN and PRDX4; renin, PXDN and NRP1; renin, PRDX4 and NRP1; TSP2, SVEP1 and PXDN; TSP2, SVEP1 and PRDX4; TSP2, SVEP1 and NRP1; TSP2, PXDN and PRDX4; TSP2, PXDN and NRP1; TSP2, PRDX4 and NRP1; SVEP1, PXDN and PRDX4; SVEP1, PXDN and NRP1; SVEP1, PRDX4 and NRP1
  • the invention may relate to the use of any four of the six biomarkers: NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN and SVEP1; NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN and TSP2; NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN and renin; NRP1, PRDX4, SVEP1 and TSP2; NRP1, PRDX4, SVEP1 and renin; NRP1, PRDX4, TSP2 and renin; NRP1, PXDN, SVEP1 and TSP2; NRP1, PXDN, SVEP1 and renin; NRP1, PXDN, TSP2 and renin; NRP1, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin; PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1 and TSP2; PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1 and TSP2; PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1 and renin; PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1 and renin; PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1 and
  • the invention may relate to the use of NRP1, PRDX4, TSP2 and renin.
  • the invention may relate to the use of any five of the six biomarkers: NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1 and TSP2; NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1 and renin; NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, TSP2 and renin; NRP1, PRDX4, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin; NRP1, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin; or PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin.
  • the invention may relate to the use of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, TSP2 and renin.
  • the invention may relate to the use of all six biomarkers: NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin.
  • biomarker combinations of the invention may be defined in terms of the biomarkers included (as above), or in terms of biomarkers omitted.
  • the combination NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, TSP2 and renin may be described positively as such, or alternatively as a five combination/panel, lacking SVEP1, and the skilled person would understand these two definitions to describe the same marker combination.
  • the combination NRP1, PRDX4, TSP2 and renin may alternatively be described as a four combination/panel, lacking SVEP1 and PXDN; and the combination NRP1, TSP2 and renin may alternatively be described as a three combination/panel, lacking SVEP1, PRDX4 and PXDN.
  • Each biomarker may be independently selected from the protein of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin, or a fragment or variant thereof (as defined herein), or a nucleic acid encoding for said protein. Accordingly, the invention also envisages the use of nucleic acids (e.g.
  • RNA or DNA encoding NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and/or renin, particularly encoding the exemplary amino acid sequences described herein or encoding fragments thereof, as biomarkers according to the invention.
  • each of the biomarker is a protein, or a fragment or variant thereof (as described herein).
  • the invention also relates to methods of quantification of a biomarker of the invention, particularly to combinations of the biomarkers of the invention. Any standard technique or assay for biomarker quantification known in the art may be used for quantification according to the invention.
  • the present invention provides a method for diagnosing or determining a prognosis for pulmonary hypertension (PH), the method comprising: (a) quantifying the amount of two or more biomarkers present in a sample obtained from a subject, wherein the two or more biomarkers are selected from SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4; (b) comparing the amount of the two or more biomarkers with the amount of the same two or more biomarkers in a reference standard; and thereby diagnosing or determining a prognosis for PH. Any combination of the six biomarkers as described herein may be used according to the present invention.
  • the diagnostic and prognostic methods of the present invention are in vitro methods.
  • the invention can be carried out in vitro on an isolated sample that has previously been obtained from a subject.
  • diagnosis refers to the process or act of recognising, deciding on or concluding on a disease or condition in a subject on the basis of symptoms and signs and/or from results of various diagnostic procedures (such as for example, from knowing the presence, absence or quantity of biomarkers or other clinical measures characteristic of the diagnosed disease or condition).
  • diagnostic PH e.g. PAH
  • diagnosis whether a subject has or is at risk of having PH e.g.
  • PAH proliferative PH
  • “Diagnosing PH (e.g. PAH)” or “diagnosing whether a subject has or is at risk of having PH (e.g. PAH)” may mean confirming the presence (or absence) of PH (e.g. PAH) in a subject suspected of having or being at risk of PH (e.g. PAH).
  • prognosis As used herein, the terms “prognosis”, “prognosing” and “prognose(d)” refer to the process or act of recognising, deciding on or concluding on a the likely course or progression of disease or condition, or predicting the outcome of said disease or condition in a subject on the basis of symptoms and signs and/or from results of various prognostic procedures (such as for example, from knowing the presence, absence or quantity of biomarkers or other clinical measures characteristic of the diagnosed disease or condition).
  • prognosing PH may interchangeably be referred to as “determining a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH)”, meaning determining the likely course or progression of PH (e.g. PAH) in a subject with PH (e.g. PAH).
  • Prognosing PH e.g. PAH
  • determining a prognosis for PH e.g. PAH
  • progression of PH e.g.
  • PAH may be defined as a worsening of PH (e.g. PAH) or the symptoms thereof. Progression may be defined by any established clinical measure, such as those described herein.
  • progression of PH e.g. PAH
  • a decrease in RV function e.g. an increase in mPAP, decrease in CI, decrease in PAWP
  • a decrease in exercise capacity e.g. an decrease in 6MWD
  • an increase in NT ⁇ proBNP and/or BNP e.g. PAH
  • a subject is deemed of low risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression if targets for two or more clinical measures (e.g.
  • low ⁇ risk subjects is typically ⁇ about 70%, preferably ⁇ about 75%, more preferably ⁇ about 80%, even more preferably ⁇ about 90%.
  • low ⁇ risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression may be defined as the likelihood of five ⁇ year survival of ⁇ about 70%, preferably ⁇ about 75%, more preferably ⁇ about 80%, even more preferably ⁇ about 90%.
  • the five ⁇ year survival of high ⁇ risk subjects is ⁇ about 70%, ⁇ about 60%, such as ⁇ about 55%, ⁇ 50%, and it typically about 50%.
  • high ⁇ risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression may be defined as the likelihood of five ⁇ year survival of ⁇ about 70%, ⁇ about 60%, such as ⁇ about 55%, ⁇ 50%, and it typically about 50%.
  • the eight ⁇ year survival of low ⁇ risk subjects is typically ⁇ about 70%, preferably ⁇ about 75%, more preferably ⁇ about 80%.
  • low ⁇ risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression may be defined as the likelihood of eight ⁇ year survival of ⁇ about 70%, preferably ⁇ about 75%, more preferably ⁇ about 80%.
  • high ⁇ risk of PH e.g. PAH
  • high ⁇ risk of PH progression may be defined as the likelihood of eight ⁇ year survival of ⁇ about 60%, such as ⁇ about 55%, ⁇ 50%, and it typically about 50%.
  • the methods of the invention may be useful in identifying subjects who have not previously been diagnosed with PH (e.g. PAH), or a symptom thereof or disease associated therewith.
  • Subjects may have one or more symptom of PH/PAH, or may be asymptomatic for PH/PAH (or symptom thereof or disease associated therewith).
  • Subjects may have been identified as being at risk of developing PH (e.g. PAH), for example due to a subject exhibiting one or more risk factor for
  • the subject may therefore be one who is suffering from or is at risk of developing PH/PAH (or symptom thereof or disease associated therewith).
  • a subject may have been identified as at risk of PH (e.g. PAH) because they are a relative of an individual who has previously been diagnosed with PH (e.g. PAH).
  • the methods of the present invention are particularly useful in diagnosing or determining a prognosis for a subject who is a relative of an individual who has previously been diagnosed with PH (e.g. PAH).
  • the methods of the invention comprise a step of “quantifying biomarkers” in a sample obtained from a subject.
  • the phrase “quantifying biomarkers” means determining the amount of the markers that are present in a sample obtained from a test subject. When determining the amount of the biomarkers that are present in the sample this means quantifying each biomarker by determining, for example, the relative or absolute amount of the biomarker. It will be appreciated that the assay methods do not necessarily require measurement of absolute values of biomarker, unless it is desired, because relative values are sufficient for many applications of the invention. Accordingly, the “amount” can be the (absolute) total amount of the biomarker (e.g.
  • the amount of the biomarker may be expressed by its concentration in a sample, or by the concentration of a reagent that detects the marker.
  • the amount of a biomarker of the invention may be determined by quantitative and/or qualitative analysis.
  • the amount of the biomarker may be given in any appropriate units. For example, the concentration of the one or more biomarker may be given in pg/ml, ng/ml or ⁇ g/ml.
  • Measurement of the biomarkers of the invention can be performed by any method that provides satisfactory analytical specificity, sensitivity and precision.
  • the invention thus encompasses the use of those methods known to a person skilled in the art to measure the amount of biomarker(s) for each of the purposes of diagnosing, determining a prognosis, treating, optimising therapy and/or monitoring PH (e.g. PAH) according to the invention.
  • a biomarker of the invention may be detected at the nucleic acid or protein level.
  • a biomarker of the invention may be DNA, RNA or protein and may be quantified using any appropriate technique.
  • biomarkers of the invention are detected at the protein level.
  • the amount of a biomarker of the invention may be measured directly or indirectly.
  • the relative amount of a biomarker of the invention may be determined using any appropriate technique. Suitable standard techniques are known in the art, for example aptamer ⁇ based assays or antibody ⁇ based assays such as Western blotting and enzyme ⁇ linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs). Other non ⁇ limiting examples of standard techniques that may be used include microarray analysis, quantitative comparisons, and amplifications of a biomarker of the invention.
  • Suitable standard techniques are known in the art, for example aptamer ⁇ based assays or antibody ⁇ based assays such as Western blotting and enzyme ⁇ linked immunosorbent assays (ELISAs).
  • ELISAs enzyme ⁇ linked immunosorbent assays
  • qPCR real ⁇ time PCR
  • HPLC high Performance Liquid Chromatography
  • mass spectrometry e.g. matrix ⁇ assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry (MALDI MS), surface ⁇ enhanced laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry (SELDI MS), time of flight mass spectrometry (TOF MS) and liquid chromatography mass spectrometry (LC MS)
  • MALDI MS matrix ⁇ assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry
  • SELDI MS surface ⁇ enhanced laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry
  • TOF MS time of flight mass spectrometry
  • LC MS liquid chromatography mass spectrometry
  • Preferred methods include aptamer ⁇ based assays (as used in the Examples) and antibody ⁇ based assays. Particularly preferred are aptamer ⁇ based assays, non ⁇ limiting examples of which use slow off ⁇ rate modified aptamers (SOMAers).
  • Quantification means may be in multiplex form. Multiplexed assays advantageously allow for quantification of biomarker combinations at minimal additional cost and uses instrumentation that is now widely available with increasing extent of automation and availability for non ⁇ specialist use.
  • Different biomarkers may be quantified using different detection methods according to the present invention. For example one or more biomarker of the invention may be quantified using an aptamer ⁇ based assay (e.g. using one or more SOMAer, such as a SomaScan ⁇ V4), and a different one or more biomarker of the invention may be quantified using an antibody ⁇ based assay (e.g. an ELISA).
  • an aptamer ⁇ based assay e.g. using one or more SOMAer, such as a SomaScan ⁇ V4
  • an antibody ⁇ based assay e.g. an ELISA
  • any one, two, three, four or five of NRP1, PXDN, renin, SVEP1 and TSP2 may be detected using an aptamer ⁇ based assay (e.g. using one or more SOMAer for each biomarker), and PRDX4 may be quantified using an antibody ⁇ based assay (e.g. an ELISA).
  • an aptamer ⁇ based assay e.g. using one or more SOMAer for each biomarker
  • PRDX4 may be quantified using an antibody ⁇ based assay (e.g. an ELISA).
  • the methods of the present invention typically determine the amount of each biomarker.
  • the methods of the invention may determine the cumulative amount of all the markers.
  • the amount of the biomarkers can be combined with each other in a formula to form an index value.
  • Agents for the quantification of a biomarker by the invention typically bind to said biomarker.
  • Such agents may bind specifically to the biomarker.
  • the agent for the quantification of a biomarker may be an aptamer (particularly a SOMAer), antibody or other binding agent specific for the biomarker.
  • the agent binds to the molecule of interest, in this case the biomarker, with no significant cross ⁇ reactivity to any other molecule, particularly any other protein.
  • an agent e.g. aptamer
  • NRP1 an agent that is specific for NRP1 will show no significant cross ⁇ reactivity with human neutrophil elastase. Cross ⁇ reactivity may be assessed by any suitable method.
  • Cross ⁇ reactivity of an agent for a biomarker with a molecule other than the biomarker may be considered significant if the agent binds to the other molecule at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%, 30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90% or 100% as strongly as it binds to the biomarker.
  • An agent that is specific for the biomarker may bind to another molecule such as human neutrophil elastase at less than 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25% or 20% the strength that it binds to the one or more biomarker.
  • the agent that is specific for the biomarker may bind to another molecule such as human neutrophil elastase at less than 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%, 35%, 30%, 25% or 20%
  • the methods of the invention comprise a step of “comparing the amount” of the biomarkers with the amount of the same biomarkers in a reference standard.
  • the “reference standard” refers to a value obtained from a population of individual(s) whose disease status is known.
  • a reference standard can be determined for any particular population, subpopulation, or group of individuals according to standard methods well known to those of skill in the art.
  • the reference standard can be generated from one individual or a population of two or more individuals.
  • the control or reference population may comprise three, four, five, ten, 15, 20, 30, 40, 50 or more individuals, preferably at least ten individuals.
  • the reference standard may be the amount of a biomarker in a sample or samples derived from one individual.
  • the reference standard may be derived by pooling data obtained from multiple individuals, and calculating an average (for example, mean or median) amount for a biomarker.
  • the reference standard may reflect the average amount of a biomarker in multiple individuals. Said amounts may be expressed in absolute or relative terms, in the manner as described above in relation to the sample that is to be tested using the method of the invention.
  • the reference standard is typically obtained from a reference sample, i.e. a sample of the same sample type (e.g.
  • the reference sample is obtained from a reference population.
  • the sample obtained from a subject is a blood sample (e.g. a whole blood, plasma or serum sample)
  • the reference standard is also obtained from a blood sample (e.g. a whole blood, plasma or serum sample, as appropriate).
  • the amount of a biomarker of the invention may be assessed and compared with the corresponding value for the same biomarker from the reference standard.
  • the amount of a biomarker of the invention may be compared with that of the reference standard without quantifying the mass, molar amount, concentration or molarity of the one or more biomarker.
  • the method may comprise comparing the amount of each biomarker to its corresponding reference standard.
  • the method may comprise comparing the cumulative amount to a corresponding reference standard.
  • the reference standard may be obtained either within (i.e. constituting a step of) or separately to (i.e. not constituting a step of) the methods of the invention.
  • the methods of the invention may comprise a step of establishing a reference standard for the quantity of the biomarkers.
  • the reference standard may be obtained separately to the method of the invention and accessed during the comparison step of the invention.
  • the reference standard and the subject’s (test) sample that are compared in the methods of the present invention may be generated from the same individual, provided that the sample and reference standard are generated from biological samples taken at different time points and compared to one another. For example, a sample may be obtained from a subject at the start of a study period and serve as a reference standard.
  • This reference standard may then be compared to the amount of the biomarkers of the invention generated from subsequent samples from the same subject. Such a comparison may be used, for example, to determine the progression of PH (e.g. PAH) in the subject by repeating the method over time, to monitor a subject for PH (e.g. PAH) or progression thereof, or for optimising therapy, as described herein.
  • the reference standard may be obtained, for example, from a population of non ⁇ PH (e.g. non ⁇ PAH) individual(s), i.e. individual(s) without PH (e.g. without PAH).
  • the reference standard may be obtained from a population of healthy individual(s), as defined herein. Healthy and non ⁇ PH (e.g.
  • non ⁇ PAH reference standards may be interchangeably referred to herein as “non ⁇ PH (non ⁇ PAH) reference standards”.
  • the reference standard may be obtained, for example, from a population of PH (e.g. PAH) individual(s), i.e. individual(s) with PH (e.g. with PAH).
  • PH (PAH) reference standards Such reference standards may be interchangeably referred to herein as “PH (PAH) reference standards”.
  • PH (PAH) reference standards may be different to the subject, or may be the subject at a different time point (as described above). If the PH (e.g. PAH)
  • PAH body mass index
  • Multiple separate reference standards may be used in the methods of the invention for each marker.
  • reference standards obtained from a population of individual(s) with PH e.g. PAH
  • reference standards obtained from a population of healthy individuals may be used according to the present invention.
  • the methods of the invention permit classification of the subject as belonging to or not belonging to the reference population (i.e. by determining whether the amounts of biomarker quantified in the subject are statistically similar to the reference standard or statistically deviate from the reference standard).
  • classification of the subject i.e. the overall pattern of change observed for the biomarkers quantified
  • a subject may be diagnosed as having or being at risk of PH (e.g. PAH) when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified is statistically similar to the amount determined for the corresponding values obtained in a PH (e.g. PAH) reference standard.
  • a subject may be diagnosed as not having or not being at risk of having PH (e.g. PAH) when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified is statistically similar to the amount determined for the corresponding values obtained in a non ⁇ PH (e.g. non ⁇ PAH) reference standard.
  • a subject may be diagnosed as having or being at risk of PH (e.g. PAH) when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified statistically deviates from the amount determined for the corresponding values obtained in a non ⁇ PH (e.g. non ⁇ PAH) reference standard.
  • a subject may be diagnosed as not having or not being at risk of having PH (e.g. PAH) when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified is statistically similar to the amount determined for the corresponding values obtained in a non ⁇ PH (e.g. non ⁇ PAH) reference standard.
  • a subject may be diagnosed as not having or not being at risk of having PH (e.g.
  • PAH when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified statistically deviates from the amount determined for the corresponding values obtained in a PH (e.g. PAH) reference standard.
  • PAH progression by determining whether the amounts of biomarker quantified in the subject are statistically similar to the reference standard or statistically deviate from the reference standard.
  • a prognosis of a subject being at risk of PH progression may be determined when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified is statistically similar to the amount determined for the corresponding values obtained in a PH (e.g. PAH) reference standard.
  • a prognosis of a subject not being at risk of PH progression e.g. PAH progression
  • PAH progression may be determined when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified is statistically similar to the amount determined for the corresponding values obtained in a non ⁇ PH (e.g. non ⁇ PAH) reference standard.
  • a prognosis of a subject being at risk of PH progression may be determined when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified statistically deviates from the amount
  • a prognosis of a subject not being at risk of PH progression may be determined when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified statistically deviates from the amount determined for the corresponding values obtained in a PH (e.g. PAH) reference standard.
  • the methods of the invention allow for stratification of risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.
  • the methods of the invention may provide improved granularity of risk of progression compared with established clinical measures (as described herein). Accordingly, a prognosis of a subject being at risk of PH progression (e.g.
  • PAH progression may be determined when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified is statistically similar to the amount determined for the corresponding values obtained in a PH (e.g. PAH) reference standard, even if the subject is deemed of low risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression using established clinical measures (as described herein).
  • a prognosis of a subject not being at risk of PH progression e.g. PAH progression
  • PAH progression may be determined when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified is statistically similar to the amount determined for the corresponding values obtained in a non ⁇ PH (e.g. non ⁇ PAH) reference standard, even if the subject is deemed of high risk of PH (e.g.
  • a prognosis of a subject being at risk of PH progression may be determined when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified statistically deviates from the amount determined for the corresponding values obtained in a non ⁇ PH (e.g. non ⁇ PAH) reference standard, even if the subject is deemed of low risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression using established clinical measures (as described herein).
  • a prognosis of a subject not being at risk of PH progression e.g.
  • PAH progression may be determined when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified statistically deviates from the amount determined for the corresponding values obtained in a PH (e.g. PAH) reference standard, even if the subject is deemed of high risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression using established clinical measures (as described herein).
  • PH e.g. PAH
  • the term “statistically similar” means that the amounts of biomarker quantified for the subject are similar to those quantified for the reference standard to a statistically significant level.
  • the term “statistically deviates” means that the amounts of biomarker quantified for the subject differs from those quantified for the reference standard to a statistically significant level.
  • the deviation in marker abundance may be an increase or decrease.
  • the increase or decrease may be statistically significant.
  • comparing the amount of the biomarker relative to the reference standard and determining an increase indicates that the subject has or is at risk of having PH (e.g. PAH) or PH (e.g. PAH) progression.
  • the increase can be, for example, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, or at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 100%, at least 110%, at least 120%, at least 130%, at least 140% or at least 150% of the reference value.
  • the increase in the amount of the markers may be statistically significant.
  • comparing the amount of the biomarker relative to the reference standard and determining a decrease indicates that the subject does not have or is not at risk of having PH (e.g. PAH) or PH (e.g. PAH) progression.
  • the decrease can be, for example, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, or at least 50%, at least 60%, at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, or at least 99% of the reference value.
  • the decrease in the amount of the markers may be statistically significant.
  • a subject may be diagnosed with PH (e.g.
  • PAH or at risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression when there is an increase in any biomarker or biomarker combination of the invention relative to the corresponding reference standard obtained from a population of healthy individuals.
  • a subject may be diagnosed as not having PH (e.g. PAH) or not at risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression when there is a decrease in any biomarker or biomarker combination of the invention relative to the corresponding reference standard obtained from a population of healthy individuals.
  • the sensitivity of the methods of the invention may be at least about 90%, at least about 89%, at least about 88%, at least about 87%, at least about 86%, at least about 85%, at least about 80%, at least about 75%, at least about 70%, or at least about 65%.
  • the specificity of the methods of the invention may be at least about 90%, at least about 89%, at least about 88%, at least about 87%, at least about 86%, at least about 85%, at least about 80%, at least about 75%, at least about 70%, or at least about 65%.
  • the method of the invention for diagnosing or determining a prognosis for PH e.g.
  • PAH can be used in combination with other methods to diagnose/prognose PH (e.g. PAH).
  • Established clinical measures for diagnosing/prognosing PH e.g. PAH
  • PAH can be used in combination with other methods to diagnose/prognose PH.
  • the step of comparing the amount of any biomarker of the invention with the amount of the same biomarker in a reference standard may comprise calculating a score (referred to interchangeably as a “protein score”) for the biomarker.
  • a protein score may be calculated by taking the amount (quantification value) for a biomarker and scaling it against the amount (quantification value) for the same biomarker in the reference standard to produce a scaled score (referred to interchangeably as a “z ⁇ score”).
  • Scaling may be based on the amount (quantification value) of a biomarker in a non ⁇ PH (e.g. non ⁇ PAH) reference standard, such that the non ⁇ PH (e.g. non ⁇ PAH) reference standard will have an average amount (z ⁇ score) of zero (0) with a standard deviation of one (1), and the scaled amount (z ⁇ score) of the corresponding biomarker in a subject with PH (e.g. PAH) is greater than zero.
  • the z ⁇ score for a biomarker may then be multiplied by a weighting coefficient to produce a weighted score (weighted z ⁇ score) for an individual biomarker.
  • Preferred weighting coefficients determined by the inventors in the Examples are set out below in Table 1.
  • Table 1 Proteins selected by cross ⁇ validation analysis. LASSO analysis selected six proteins to create a single model score predicting prognosis in the combined discovery and validation subjects. Representative weighting coefficients for profiles of five, four, three and two biomarkers are also
  • the weighting coefficient will typically be dependent on the reference population/reference standard used, and the assay used for quantification. Calculation of a weighting coefficient is routine in the art and a skilled person would if required readily be able to calculate weighting coefficients for each biomarker of the invention.
  • a quantification assay and associated weighting coefficients is described in the Examples, with the resulting weighting coefficients given in Table 1 (above).
  • Table 1 also gives representative weighting coefficients that may alternatively be used with profiles of five, four, three and two biomarkers (although the respective weighting coefficients determined using the six ⁇ biomarker profile in the Examples are preferred).
  • a weighted z ⁇ score for a biomarker could then be calculated using any appropriate weighting coefficient, such as the weighting coefficients described herein (e.g. in Table 1).
  • Separate scores may be calculated for each biomarker, or a combined score for two or more biomarkers may be calculated to give a single score for all biomarkers quantified.
  • Such a (weighted) combination score may be referred to interchangeably herein as a “single score”, “single protein score”, “model score”, “model protein score”, “composite score”, “composite protein score” or “model single protein score”.
  • z ⁇ scores for each biomarker of interest are calculated and weighted as described above.
  • the weighted z ⁇ scores for each biomarker are then added together to give the single protein score.
  • a non ⁇ PH e.g.
  • non ⁇ PAH non ⁇ PAH reference standard
  • the step of comparing the amount of a biomarker (particularly two or more biomarkers) of the invention with the amount of the same biomarker (particularly two or more biomarkers) in a reference standard in a method of the invention may therefore comprise calculating a single protein score that is a weighted combination score of the biomarker (particularly two or more biomarkers).
  • calculating the single protein score comprises calculating z ⁇ scores for the two or more biomarkers relative to the two or more biomarkers in the reference standard, weighting the z ⁇ scores and adding the z ⁇ scores for the two or more biomarkers to arrive at the single protein score.
  • a single protein score using two or more of the biomarkers of the invention is capable of diagnosing PH (e.g. PAH), or determining a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH).
  • the inventors have demonstrated that a score threshold of 0.57 (using the weighting coefficients of Table 1 and the full panel of the six biomarkers of the invention) was good at separating high and low risk patients from a majority subset (64/79) who met two or more of four standard clinical measures of low risk/treatment success (6MWD, WHO functional class, CI and BNP/NT ⁇ proBNP thresholds associated with good outcomes).
  • the methods of the invention may be used to diagnose PH (e.g. PAH), or to determine a prognosis of a subject being at high risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression if the single protein score is greater than or equal to a threshold value.
  • the methods of the invention may be used to not diagnose PH (e.g. PAH) (i.e. to exclude PH/PAH as a diagnosis), or to determine a prognosis of a subject being at low risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression if the single protein score is below the threshold value.
  • a single protein score greater than or equal to a threshold value of greater than or equal to 1 such as a threshold value of about 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.5, or in the range of about 1.0 to about 1.5, about 1.0 to 1.25 or 1.0 to 1.1
  • a threshold value of greater than or equal to 1 such as a threshold value of about 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.5, or in the range of about 1.0 to about 1.5, about 1.0 to 1.25 or 1.0 to 1.1
  • a threshold value of about 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.5 such as a threshold value of about 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.5, or in the range of about 1.0 to about 1.5, about 1.0 to
  • a single protein score below a threshold value of greater than or equal to 1 may be used to not diagnose PH (e.g. PAH) i.e. to exclude PH/PAH as a diagnosis.
  • a single protein score of greater than or equal to a threshold value of about 1 is used to diagnose PH (e.g. PAH).
  • a single protein score of below a threshold value of about 1 is used to not diagnose PH (e.g. PAH), i.e. to exclude PH/PAH as a diagnosis.
  • a threshold value of about 1 is particularly preferred for diagnosis when the all six biomarkers of the invention are quantified in a method of the invention and used to calculate a single protein score. These threshold values are typically used when a single protein score is calculated using the respective weighting coefficients for the biomarkers determined using the six ⁇ biomarker profile in the Examples.
  • a single protein score below a threshold value in the range of about 0.4 to about 0.7, preferably about 0.5 to about 0.6, more preferably about 0.55 to about 0.6 may be used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) of the subject being at low risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.
  • a single protein score of greater than or equal to a threshold value of about 0.57 is used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g.
  • a single protein score of below a threshold value of about 0.57 is used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) of the subject being at low risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.
  • a threshold value of about 0.57 is particularly preferred for determining a prognosis when the all six biomarkers of the invention are quantified in a method of the invention and used to calculate a single protein score.
  • a single protein score greater than or equal to a threshold value in the range of about 1.2 to 2.0, preferably about 1.3 to about 1.8, more preferably about 1.35 to about 1.75 may be used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) of the subject being at high risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.
  • a single protein score below a threshold value in the range of about 1.2 to 2.0, preferably about 1.3 to about 1.8, more preferably about 1.35 to about 1.75 may be used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) of the subject being at low risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.
  • a single protein score of greater than or equal to a threshold value of about 1.35 is used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) of the subject being at high risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.
  • a single protein score of below a threshold value of about 1.35 is used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) of the subject being at low risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.
  • threshold values are typically used when a single protein score is calculated using the respective weighting coefficients for the biomarkers determined using the TSP2, renin or any of combination of two, three, four or five of the six biomarkers of the invention using the weighting coefficients for TSP2, renin or any of combination of two, three, four or five of the six biomarkers as set out in Table 1.
  • a threshold value for diagnostic and/or prognostic methods of the invention may be set based on a baseline value from a reference standard as described herein, particularly a non ⁇ PH/non ⁇ PAH reference standard. Alternatively, the threshold value may be relative to a subject’s own baseline score (e.g.
  • an increase in the single protein score of greater than about 1 from a subject’s own base line may be used to diagnose PA/PAH, where an increase in
  • the methods of the present invention may use samples that have undergone minimal or zero processing before testing.
  • the methods may use samples that have been manipulated, in any way, after procurement, such as by treatment with reagents, solubilisation, or enrichment for certain components.
  • the methods of the invention may use samples that have undergone minimal or zero processing before testing.
  • a blood sample obtained from a test subject may be tested directly using the method of the present invention, without further processing.
  • Serum and plasma samples can be readily obtained from blood samples using simple and readily available techniques that are well known in the art, as described above.
  • a sample for use in a method of the invention may be a cell ⁇ free sample.
  • the sample of the invention may be processed to remove cells.
  • the term “cell ⁇ free samples” are samples that contain substantially no cells.
  • substantially no when used in the context of cells herein may mean less than 10,000, 5,000, 1,000, 100 or 10 cells/ml.
  • the term “substantially no” when used in the context of cells herein preferably means less than 1,000 cells/ml, more preferably no cells. In some embodiments, the term “substantially no” when used in the context of cells herein may be expressed in absolute amounts. For example, the term “substantially no” when used in the context of cells herein may mean less than 10,000, 5,000, 1,000, 100 or 10 cells. Preferably less than 1,000 cells, more preferably no cells.
  • the sample obtained from a subject may be any suitable biological material, for example blood, plasma, saliva, serum, sputum, urine, cerebral spinal fluid, cells, a cellular extract, a tissue sample, a tissue biopsy, a stool sample and the like.
  • the precise biological sample that is taken from the subject may vary, but the sampling preferably is minimally invasive and is easily performed by conventional techniques.
  • the sample is biofluid, preferably a blood sample (whole blood, serum or plasma).
  • blood comprises whole blood, blood serum (henceforth “serum”) and blood plasma (henceforth “plasma”).
  • Serum and plasma are derived from blood and thus may be considered as specific subtypes within the broader genus “blood”. Particularly preferred are plasma samples.
  • Processes for obtaining serum or plasma from blood are known in the art. For example, it is known
  • Serum is defined as plasma that lacks clotting factors. Serum can be obtained by centrifugation of blood in which the clotting process has been triggered. Optionally, this can be carried out in specialised centrifuge tubes designed for this purpose.
  • a blood sample is taken without the subject fasting beforehand.
  • a biological sample may be taken from the subject before the subject shows any symptoms of PH (e.g. PAH), e.g. to establish a base line for said subject.
  • a biological sample may be taken from the subject before the subject shows on or after the onset of symptoms of PH (e.g. PAH), e.g.
  • a biological sample may be taking, during, and/or after treatment for PH (e.g. PAH), for example after a change in treatment.
  • the methods of the invention can be used to assess a subject’s response to treatment, as described herein.
  • the amount of a biomarker of the invention may be quantified once, or multiple times (e.g. at least twice, at least three times, at least four times, at least five times, at least six times, at least seven times, at least eight times, at least nine times, at least ten times, or more).
  • the method of the invention may be conducted once or multiple times.
  • a sample may be obtained for a subject before treatment initiation, after treatment initiation; or separate samples may be taken before and after treatment initiation.
  • the invention does not require a monitoring period for diagnosis/prognosis, it will be understood that repeated samples may be taken from a subject may be taken and assessed according to the invention over time until the individual is no longer at risk.
  • a biomarker may be quantified in a sample obtained from the subject at one time point and may be compared to the amount of the biomarker in one or more sample obtained from the same subject at different points in time.
  • a method of the invention may be used as a standalone method, or in combination with any other diagnostic or prognostic method, tool or measure for PH (e.g. PAH).
  • Established clinical measures for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of PH e.g. PAH
  • the method of the invention may further comprise: (a) quantifying the amount of one or more additional biomarker for PAH, wherein preferably said one or more additional biomarker for PAH is NT ⁇ proBNP in the sample; (b) measuring the PAP of the subject; (c) measuring the CI of the subject; and/or (d) determining the 6MWD of the subject.
  • the methods of the invention advantageously allow for additional stratification of
  • the method of the invention may further comprise recording the output of at least one step on a data ⁇ storage medium.
  • a data ⁇ storage medium for example, a form of computer memory such as a hard disk, compact disc, floppy disk, or solid ⁇ state drive.
  • Such data can comprise (or consist of) data relating to the concentration in a sample (from said subject) of any of the biomarkers (as described herein) and/or data relating to a protein score for each biomarker, or single protein score for two or more biomarkers, as described herein.
  • the invention also provides the use of two or more of SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4 as biomarkers for PH (e.g. PAH). All embodiments described above for the method for diagnosing or determining a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) apply equally to the uses of the invention as defined herein.
  • the invention also provides a data ⁇ storage medium, comprising data obtained by a method according to the present invention.
  • the invention also provides a computer program and a computer program product for carrying out any of the methods and uses described herein, wherein said computer program or computer program product comprise program instructions to cause a processor to perform a method according to the invention or part of said method.
  • the invention also provides a computer readable medium having stored thereon said program for carrying out any of the methods/ uses described herein.
  • the invention also provides a signal embodying a computer program for carrying out any of the methods and uses described herein, a method of transmitting such a signal, and a computer product having an operating system which supports a computer program for carrying out any of the methods and uses described herein.
  • Features implemented in hardware may generally be implemented in software, and vice versa. Any reference to software and hardware features herein should be construed accordingly.
  • the method may comprise treating or preventing one or more symptoms associated with PH (e.g. PAH).
  • the method of the invention may include, responsive to the amount of the biomarker(s) in a sample obtained from a subject, administering to the individual a therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).
  • the invention provides a method for treating or preventing PH (e.g. PAH), the method comprising: (a) obtaining the results of a method of diagnosis or determining a prognosis according to the invention; (b) administering a PH (e.g. PAH) therapy when PH (e.g. PAH) is diagnosed; and (c) optionally administering a different therapy when PH (e.g. PAH) is not diagnosed.
  • the invention provides for a diagnostic or prognostic method, followed by selection and use of a PH (e.g. PAH) therapy depending on the outcome of said diagnosis/prognosis.
  • Said method may comprise: (a) obtaining the results of a method of diagnosis or determining a prognosis according to the invention; (b) making a determination to administer a PH (e.g. a PAH) therapy when PH (e.g. PH) is diagnosed; and (c) optionally making a determination to administer a different therapy when PH (e.g. PAH) is not diagnosed.
  • a method of the invention may be comprise determining an appropriate therapy, but not comprise an therapeutic method.
  • any of the aforementioned methods may further include a step of changing a subject’s therapy if the amount of the biomarker(s) is increased relative to the reference standard; or maintaining the subject’s therapy if the amount of the biomarker(s) is the same or lower relative to the reference standard.
  • the invention therefore provides a method for optimising therapy for a subject undergoing treatment for PAH, the method comprising: (a) quantifying the amount of a biomarker (typically two or more biomarkers) of the invention as described herein present in a sample obtained from a subject, wherein the biomarker(s) are selected from SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4; (b) comparing the amount of the biomarker(s) with the amount of the same biomarker(s) in a reference standard; and (c) (i) changing the therapy if the amount of the biomarker(s) is increased relative to the reference standard; or (ii) maintaining the therapy if the amount of the biomarker(s) is the same or lower relative to the reference standard.
  • a biomarker typically two or more biomarkers of the invention as described herein present in a sample obtained from a subject, wherein the biomarker(s) are selected from SVEP1, PXDN, renin,
  • the invention also provides a method for optimising therapy for a subject undergoing treatment for PAH, the method comprising: (a) quantifying the amount of two or more biomarkers present in a sample obtained from a subject, wherein the two or more biomarkers are selected from SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4; (b) comparing the amount of the two or more biomarkers with the amount of the same two or more biomarkers in a
  • such a method may be conducted at any clinically appropriate interval, for example at least monthly, every two months, every three months, every six months, annually.
  • Methods of optimising therapy may be carried out on an ad hoc basis, for example if a subject reports a new symptom, a worsening of an existing symptom, and/or a deterioration in quality of life.
  • Methods of optimising therapy may be conducted if there is a change (particularly a statistically significant change) in an established clinical measure for PH (e.g. PAH), such as those measures described herein.
  • Methods of optimising therapy may also be carried out following a change in treatment, to assess the efficacy of the new treatment.
  • the method may be carried out one week, two weeks, three weeks, one month, two months, three months, four months, five months, six month, nine months, 12 months, 18 months, 2 years or more following the change in treatment.
  • Any and all disclosure herein in relation to the comparing the amount of a biomarker with a reference standard comprising calculating a protein score applies equally and without reservation to methods of optimising therapy according to the invention.
  • a single protein score greater than or equal to a threshold value in the range of about 0.4 to about 0.7, preferably about 0.5 to about 0.6, more preferably about 0.55 to about 0.6 may be used to justify changing a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).
  • a single protein score below a threshold value in the range of about 0.4 to about 0.7, preferably about 0.5 to about 0.6, more preferably about 0.55 to about 0.6 may be used to justify maintaining a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).
  • a single protein score of greater than or equal to a threshold value of about 0.57 is used to justify changing a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).
  • a single protein score of below a threshold value of about 0.57 is used to justify maintaining a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).
  • a threshold value of about 0.57 is particularly preferred for optimising a subject’s therapy
  • a single protein score greater than or equal to a threshold value in the range of about 1.2 to 2.0, preferably about 1.3 to about 1.8, more preferably about 1.35 to about 1.75 may be used to justify changing a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).
  • a single protein score below a threshold value in the range of about 1.2 to 2.0, preferably about 1.3 to about 1.8, more preferably about 1.35 to about 1.75 may be used to justify maintaining a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).
  • a single protein score of greater than or equal to a threshold value of about 1.35 is used to justify changing a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).
  • a single protein score of below a threshold value of about 1.35 is used to justify maintaining a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).
  • PH therapy e.g. PAH therapy
  • a PH therapy e.g. PAH therapy
  • a PH therapy e.g. PAH therapy
  • PAH therapy may be selected from a TGF ⁇ superfamily ligand trap, an endothelin receptor antagonist, particularly a selective ET A receptor antagonist, a phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitor, a prostanoid analogue or agonist, particularly a prostaglandin I2 (PGI 2 ) analogue or agonist, a nitric oxide stimulator or activator, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or a combination thereof.
  • PDE5 phosphodiesterase type 5
  • PKI 2 prostaglandin I2
  • Preferred examples of PH (particularly PAH) therapy include sotatercept, sildenafil, ambrisentan, iloprost, macitentan,imatinib, epoprostenol, riociguat, selexipag, tadalafil and bosentan, or a combination thereof.
  • netrin ⁇ 4, TSP2 and endoglin are all causally linked with PH, particularly PAH.
  • netrin ⁇ 4 activity is increased in PAH
  • TSP2 and endoglin activity is decreased in PAH.
  • a therapy according to the invention may comprise an agent which inhibits netrin ⁇ 4 activity; an agent which increases TSP2 activity; an agent which increase endoglin activity; or a combination thereof.
  • the invention therefore provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a PH therapy for use in the treatment of PH, wherein a patient to be treated has been diagnosed or prognosed using a method of the invention.
  • the method of treatment includes one therapy for PH (e.g. PAH). In certain embodiments, the method of treatment includes a combination of two or more such therapies.
  • disorder as used herein also encompasses a “disease”.
  • the disorder may be a disease.
  • the disorder treated in accordance with the invention is PH, particularly PAH.
  • the term “treat” or “treating” as used herein encompasses prophylactic treatment (e.g. to prevent onset of a disorder) as well as corrective treatment (treatment of a subject already suffering from a disorder).
  • preferably “treat” or “treating” as used herein means corrective treatment.
  • a therapeutic may be administered to a subject in a therapeutically effective amount or a prophylactically effective amount.
  • a “therapeutically effective amount” is any amount of a therapeutic formulation, which when administered alone or in combination to a subject for treating said disorder (or a symptom thereof) is sufficient to effect such treatment of the disorder, or symptom thereof.
  • a “prophylactically effective amount” is any amount of a therapeutic formulation that, when administered alone or in combination to a subject inhibits or delays the onset or reoccurrence of a disorder (or a symptom thereof). In some embodiments, the prophylactically effective amount prevents the onset or reoccurrence of a disorder entirely.
  • “Inhibiting” the onset means either lessening the likelihood of a disorder’s onset (or symptom thereof), or preventing the onset entirely.
  • Administration may be by any route known in the art and will typically be dependent on the nature of the therapeutic to be administered.
  • a therapeutic may be administered orally or parenterally.
  • Methods of parenteral delivery include topical, intra ⁇ arterial, intramuscular, subcutaneous, intramedullary, intrathecal, intra ⁇ ventricular, intravenous, intraperitoneal, or intranasal administration.
  • the present inventors have demonstrated for the first time that netrin ⁇ 4, TSP2 and endoglin are all causally linked with PH.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating and/or preventing PH (particularly PAH) by administering a therapeutically effect amount of an agent which inhibits netrin ⁇ 4 activity; an agent which increases TSP2 activity; an agent which increase endoglin activity; or a combination thereof, to a subject in need thereof.
  • the invention further provides an agent which inhibits netrin ⁇ 4 activity; an agent which increases TSP2 activity; an agent which increase endoglin activity; or a combination thereof for use in a method of treating and/or preventing PH, particularly PAH.
  • the invention further provides the use of an agent which inhibits netrin ⁇ 4 activity; an agent which increases TSP2 activity; an agent which increase endoglin activity; or a combination thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment and/or prevention of PH, particularly PAH.
  • All embodiments of the “method for diagnosing or determining a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH)” as described herein apply equally and without reservation to the treatments and treatment methods of the invention and to the methods for optimising therapy according to the invention.
  • Monitoring Any of the aforementioned methods may be used to monitor the health of a subject diagnosed PH (e.g. PAH), or at risk of PH (e.g. PAH) due to one or more disease risk factors as described herein.
  • the invention particularly relates to monitoring subjects who are related to individuals who have been diagnosed with PH (e.g. PAH).
  • the methods described herein may thus further comprise repeating the ‘quantification’ and ‘comparison’ steps of the method after a selected time interval and the amount of a biomarker quantified after said time interval is compared to the amount quantified for each biomarker at an earlier time point, to determine whether the health of the subject has improved, worsened, or remained stable.
  • the monitoring methods of the present invention may (a) provide an indication as to disease severity, (b) aid determination as to the correct course of treatment, (c) permit evaluation of response to treatment, (d) permit determination as to whether to continue or cease treatment, (e) provide a means of disease staging or (f) permit determination as to clinical outcome.
  • Monitoring may take place for any clinically appropriate period of time, for example at least six months, at least nine months, at least 12 months, at least 18 months, at least 2 years, at least 5 years, or more. Given the chronic nature of PH (e.g. PAH), monitoring may take place indefinitely, and/or for the life of the subject. Monitoring may be conducted at any clinically appropriate interval, for example at least monthly, every two months, every three months, every six months, annually.
  • Monitoring may be carried out on an ad hoc basis, for example if a subject reports a new symptom, a worsening of an existing symptom, and/or a deterioration in quality of life.
  • Monitoring according to the invention may be conducted if there is a change (particularly a statistically significant change) in an established clinical measure for PH (e.g. PAH), such as those measures described herein.
  • Monitoring may be conducted following a change in treatment, to assess the efficacy of the new treatment.
  • the methods of the invention can be used to optimise therapy for a subject undergoing treatment for PH (e.g. PAH), as described herein.
  • kits and devices that are useful for carrying out the methods of the invention, in particular for carrying out the diagnostic and prognostic methods of the invention, the treatment methods of the invention, the methods for optimising therapy of the invention, and the monitoring methods of the invention.
  • the kits and devices of the invention comprise reagents for quantification of a biomarker of the invention, or any combination thereof as described herein.
  • a kit or device of the invention may comprise reagents for quantification of any combination of two or more (e.g. three or more, four or more, five or more, or all six) biomarkers selected from: NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, renin, SVEP1 and/or TSP2.
  • the kit or device comprises reagents for the quantification of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, renin, SVEP1 and TSP2.
  • different biomarkers may be quantified using different detection methods according to the present invention.
  • one or more biomarker of the invention may be quantified using an aptamer ⁇ based assay (e.g. using one or more SOMAer, such as a SomaScan ⁇ V4), and a different one or more biomarker of the invention may be quantified using an antibody ⁇ based assay (e.g. an ELISA).
  • the reagents for quantification of two or more biomarkers in a kit or device of the invention may comprise: (a) one or more aptamer specific for each of the two or more biomarkers; (b) one or more antibody specific for each of the two or more biomarkers; or (c) one or more antibody for at least one of the two or more biomarkers, and one or more aptamer specific for the two or more biomarkers for which an antibody is not provided.
  • a kit or device may comprise one or more aptamer (e.g. SOMAer) specific for any two, three, four or five of NRP1, PXDN, renin, SVEP1 and TSP2, and one or more antibody specific for PRDX4.
  • aptamer e.g. SOMAer
  • the reagents for quantification of biomarkers may be for quantifying the biomarkers in a body fluid sample obtained from a subject.
  • the reagents for quantifying biomarkers are for quantifying the biomarkers in a blood sample (e.g. whole blood, plasma or serum) from subject.
  • the “reagents for quantification of biomarkers” may comprise any reagent that allows the amount of the biomarkers described herein to be determined.
  • the reagents are for quantification of the biomarker(s) by an aptamer ⁇ based assay or by ELISA, particularly preferably for quantification of the biomarker(s) using SOMAers and/or in a multiplex aptamer ⁇ based assay.
  • the kit or device may further comprise standards for use in quantifying the biomarker(s), for example by an aptamer ⁇ based assay or by ELISA.
  • kits and devices of the invention may further comprise a reference standard for the biomarker(s) or means for establishing a reference standard.
  • the reference standard is as defined herein for the methods of the invention.
  • the reference standard may represent a population of individuals known to have PH (e.g. PAH), as defined herein for the methods of the invention.
  • the reference standard may represent a population of healthy individuals, as defined herein for the methods of the invention.
  • the kits and devices of the invention may comprise one or any combination of the described reference standards.
  • the kit or device may comprise a reference standard representing a population of individuals known to have PH (e.g.
  • kits and devices of the invention may further comprise a known quantity or concentration of the biomarker(s) described herein for use as a standard.
  • the kit or device when the kit or device comprises a reagent for quantification of NRP1, the kit or device may further comprise a known quantity of NRP1; when the kit or device comprises a reagent for quantification of PRDX4, the kit or device may further comprise a known quantity of PRDX4; when the kit or device comprises a reagent for quantification of PXDN, the kit or device may further comprise a known quantity of PXDN; when the kit or device comprises a reagent for quantification of renin, the kit or device may further comprise a known quantity of renin; when the kit or device comprises a reagent for quantification of SVEP1, the kit or device may further comprise a known quantity of SVEP1; and/or when the kit or device comprises a reagent for quantification of TSP2, the kit or device may further comprise a known quantity of TSP2.
  • the kit of the invention may further comprise instructions for carrying out the methods and uses of the invention as described herein.
  • the reagents of the kit or biomarker will bind, with at least some specificity, to the biomarker(s) contained in the sample being tested.
  • classes of compounds of the kit or device include, but are not to, aptamers, antibodies and fragments thereof, peptides, polypeptides, proteoglycans, glycoproteins, lipoproteins, carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, organic and inorganic chemicals, and natural and synthetic polymers.
  • the reagents may be part of an array, or the reagents may be packaged separately and/or individually.
  • the reagents may be immobilised on an inert support, or may be used to immobilise the biomarker(s) on an inert support during use.
  • the kit or device may also comprise at least one internal standard.
  • the internal standards can be any of the classes of compounds described above.
  • kits and devices of the present invention also may contain reagents that can be used to detectably label biomarker(s) contained in a sample to be tested.
  • kits and devices of the present invention may also include pharmaceutical excipients, diluents and/or adjuvants when the biomarker is to be used to raise an antibody.
  • pharmaceutical adjuvants include, but are not limited to, preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying agents, and dispersing agents. Prevention of the action of microorganisms can be ensured by the inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol sorbic acid, and the like.
  • sequence alignment methods can be used to determine percent identity, including, without limitation, global methods, local methods and hybrid methods, such as, e.g., segment approach methods. Protocols to determine percent identity are routine procedures within the scope of one skilled in the art. Global methods align sequences from the beginning to the end of the molecule and determine the best alignment by adding up scores of individual residue pairs and by imposing gap penalties. Non ⁇ limiting methods include, e.g., CLUSTAL W, see, e.g., Julie D.
  • Non ⁇ limiting methods include, e.g., Match ⁇ box, see, e.g., Eric Depiereux and Ernest Feytmans, Match ⁇ Box: A Fundamentally New Algorithm for the Simultaneous Alignment of Several Protein Sequences, 8(5) CABIOS 501 ⁇ 509 (1992); Gibbs sampling, see, e.g., C. E.
  • % identity may be calculated as the number of identical nucleotides / amino acids divided by the total number of nucleotides / amino acids, multiplied by 100. Calculations of % sequence identity may also take into account the number of gaps, and the length of each gap that needs to be introduced to optimize alignment of two or more sequences. Sequence comparisons and the determination of percent identity between two or more sequences can be carried out using specific mathematical algorithms, such as BLAST, which will be familiar to a skilled person.
  • Substantially homologous polypeptides are characterized as having one or more amino acid substitutions, deletions or additions. These changes are preferably of a minor nature, that is conservative amino acid substitutions (as described herein) and other substitutions that do not significantly affect the folding or activity of the polypeptide; small deletions, typically of one to about 30 amino acids; and small amino ⁇ or carboxyl ⁇ terminal extensions, such as an amino ⁇ terminal methionine residue, a small linker peptide of up to about 20 ⁇ 25 residues, or an affinity tag.
  • non ⁇ standard amino acids such as 4 ⁇ hydroxyproline, 6 ⁇ N ⁇ methyl lysine, 2 ⁇ aminoisobutyric acid, isovaline and ⁇ ⁇ methyl serine
  • a limited number of non ⁇ conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the genetic code, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for polypeptide amino acid residues.
  • the polypeptides of the present invention can also comprise non ⁇ naturally occurring amino acid residues.
  • Non ⁇ naturally occurring amino acids include, without limitation, trans ⁇ 3 ⁇ methylproline, 2,4 ⁇ methano ⁇ proline, cis ⁇ 4 ⁇ hydroxyproline, trans ⁇ 4 ⁇ hydroxy ⁇ proline, N ⁇ methylglycine, allo ⁇ threonine, methyl ⁇ threonine, hydroxy ⁇ ethylcysteine, hydroxyethylhomo ⁇ cysteine, nitro ⁇ glutamine, homoglutamine, pipecolic acid, tert ⁇ leucine, norvaline, 2 ⁇ azaphenylalanine, 3 ⁇ azaphenyl ⁇ alanine, 4 ⁇ azaphenyl ⁇ alanine, and 4 ⁇ fluorophenylalanine.
  • E. coli cells are cultured in the absence of a natural amino acid that is to be replaced (e.g., phenylalanine) and in the presence of the desired non ⁇ naturally occurring amino acid(s) (e.g., 2 ⁇ azaphenylalanine, 3 ⁇ azaphenylalanine, 4 ⁇ azaphenylalanine, or 4 ⁇ fluorophenylalanine).
  • a natural amino acid that is to be replaced e.g., phenylalanine
  • the desired non ⁇ naturally occurring amino acid(s) e.g., 2 ⁇ azaphenylalanine, 3 ⁇ azaphenylalanine, 4 ⁇ azaphenylalanine, or 4 ⁇ fluorophenylalanine.
  • the non ⁇ naturally occurring amino acid is incorporated into the polypeptide in place of its natural counterpart. See, Koide et al., Biochem. 33:7470 ⁇ 6, 1994.
  • Naturally occurring amino acid residues can be converted to non ⁇ naturally occurring species by in vitro chemical modification. Chemical modification can be combined with site ⁇ directed mutagenesis to further expand the range of substitutions (Wynn and Richards, Protein Sci. 2:395 ⁇ 403, 1993). A limited number of non ⁇ conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the genetic code, non ⁇ naturally occurring amino acids, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for amino acid residues of polypeptides of the present invention.
  • Essential amino acids in the polypeptides of the present invention can be identified according to procedures known in the art, such as site ⁇ directed mutagenesis or alanine ⁇ scanning mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244: 1081 ⁇ 5, 1989).
  • Sites of biological interaction can also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear magnetic resonance, crystallography, electron diffraction or photoaffinity labeling, in conjunction with mutation of putative contact site amino acids. See, for example, de Vos et al., Science 255:306 ⁇ 12, 1992; Smith et al., J. Mol. Biol. 224:899 ⁇ 904, 1992; Wlodaver et al., FEBS Lett. 309:59 ⁇ 64, 1992.
  • the identities of essential amino acids can also be inferred from analysis of homologies with related components (e.g. the translocation or protease components) of the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • phage display e.g., Lowman et al., Biochem. 30:10832 ⁇ 7, 1991; Ladner et al., U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409; Huse, WIPO Publication WO 92/06204
  • region ⁇ directed mutagenesis e.g., WIPO Publication WO 92/06204
  • SEQUENCE INFORMATION SEQ ID NO: 1 – NRP1 amino acid sequence (UniProt Accession No.
  • IPAH idiopathic IPAH
  • HPAH pulmonary vascular resistance
  • Relative fluorescence units were log 10 transformed to normalise protein levels, then corrected for the first two principal components by linear regression to correct for population stratification or sample quality differences. Finally, protein levels were standardised to the healthy control levels for ease of interpretation of results and comparability of proteins.
  • Statistical analysis Subjects and controls from the dataset were randomised into discovery and validation groups in a 2:1 ratio to adequately power discovery analysis of all proteins, and validation of proteins meeting statistical significance (Table 1). Protein levels were compared between healthy controls and subjects by logistic regression analysis, correcting for age and sex. Sensitivity analyses were performed to confirm protein differences were independent of haemolysis (cell free haemoglobin as covariate), anticoagulation therapy (coagulation factor X) or renal function (cystatin ⁇ c).
  • the cis ⁇ region was defined as a ⁇ 500kb window from the transcription start site. Additional protein quantitative trait loci (pQTL) were curated from three publicly available protein GWAS and validated in the PAH cohort. Together with pQTL from the GWAS, these were then pruned for linkage disequilibrium (LD) using European individuals from the 1000 Genomes phase 3 as reference panel in the PLINK software tool (LD r 2 ⁇ 0.001 within ⁇ 10 Mb).
  • LD linkage disequilibrium
  • Mendelian randomisation studies To prioritize for a causal relationship between genetically influenced protein levels and risk of PAH, we applied two ⁇ sample Mendelian randomisation (MR) analysis using the lead variants at a given pQTL (exposure) and an international GWAS of PAH (outcome) as instruments variables.
  • the PAH GWAS combined genetic information on 11,744 individuals with European ancestry, including 2,085 cases with idiopathic or heritable PAH.
  • the Wald ratio method was used to perform the MR analyses if the protein instrument consisted only of a single variant and the random ⁇ effects inverse ⁇ variance weighted method if two or more independent variants were available as implemented in the TwoSampleMR v0.5.3 R ⁇
  • Example 2 Selection of PAH biomarker panel To avoid analysing tenascin and SVEP1 more than once, the most significant aptamer from the analysis against NT ⁇ proBNP was chosen for these two proteins.
  • LASSO analysis of combinations of proteins in a Cox survival regression model selected six proteins (SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4) to create a single model score in the pooled discovery and validation subject subgroups (Table 1, Figure 3). The score accurately discriminated 5 ⁇ year transplant ⁇ free survivors from non ⁇ survivors in the entire UK PAH cohort (area under the curve 0.77, Figure 4).
  • Example 3 Screening in relatives of PAH subjects The protein score in samples taken from relatives of PAH cases undergoing screening for PAH was calculated (Figure 5).
  • the relatives (1.26 female:male, median age 40 years, Q25/75 th 30 ⁇ 56) were recruited between 15 ⁇ April ⁇ 2014 and 9 ⁇ April ⁇ 2019 and 24 were re ⁇ sampled after 12 months (range 6 ⁇ 17).
  • the follow ⁇ up period (median 40 months, Q25/75 th 28 ⁇ 43), 3/49 individuals had developed PAH and the second samples from these subjects had significantly higher NT ⁇ proBNP levels and protein scores.
  • Example 4 Monitoring of therapeutic response in a PAH subject The protein score was calculated using serial samples taken from a PAH subject who had been exposed to multiple PAH targeted therapies without significant improvement over a period of 6 years but subsequently responded to treatment with two experimental PAH therapies, the tyrosine kinase inhibitor imatinib and the activin receptor type IIA fusion protein sotatercept that acts as a ligand trap. Consistent with a gradual increase in mean PAP and reduced exercise capacity over time, the protein score and NT ⁇ proBNP levels rose steadily in the subject over the years on standard therapies.
  • Example 5 Interrogation of the panel’s robustness ROC analysis was performed on the UK cohort using the pROC v1.14.0 and survivalROC v1.0.3 R packages to assess robustness of the panel. Combinations of 2, 3, 4 or 5 markers from the panel were compared with complete 6 ⁇ protein panel. As shown in Figures 9 and 10, the protein score produced by the panel is robust. Whilst there was some decrease in the area under the curve g. .
  • Example 6 differences in the plasma proteome between PAH subjects and controls
  • the integrated proteomic and genomic analytic workflow to identify proteins associated with PAH, outcomes (transplant ⁇ free survival) and genetic control (pQTLs) leading to Mendelian randomisation studies on those proteins that share all three features is presented in Figure 11. Details of the subjects and healthy subjects that provided plasma samples are given in Table 2.
  • Table 4 ROC analysis of individual proteins from the 6 ⁇ protein panel, as well as 2 ⁇ , 3 ⁇ , 4 ⁇ and 5 ⁇ protein combinations.
  • Table 5 Comparison of the ROC analysis for the best/worst 2 ⁇ , 3 ⁇ , 4 ⁇ and 5 ⁇ protein combinations, compared with the full 6 ⁇ protein panel.
  • Table 6 ROC ⁇ derived cut ⁇ offs for models (exemplary two/three/four/five protein combinations) and individual proteins. Proteins are expressed as z ⁇ scores normalised to healthy control levels, such that 0 is the mean of healthy controls and units are standard deviations within healthy control group.
  • Each association pair contained the sentinel variant with the lowest p ⁇ value within a clump of correlated variants (LD r2 ⁇ 0.001 within ⁇ 10 Mb).
  • Example 8 Association of pQTL with PAH All pQTLs discovered in PAH subjects or replicated in PAH from three external populations were then merged and pruned (LD r 2 ⁇ 0.001 within ⁇ 10 Mb) to give 1,046 aptamer ⁇ variant pairs as potential instruments for Mendelian randomisation analysis (data not shown). To enrich for high ⁇ value proteins, these aptamer ⁇ variant pairs were filtered for proteins that were both different between PAH subjects and controls in the case ⁇ control comparison and predicted clinical outcomes in this subject population (Figure 13). This exercise yielded 8 circulating proteins (9 aptamers and 8 pQTLs).
  • Example 9 Reproducibility of the new 6 ⁇ protein score and outperforms a previous prognostic panel A previous panel of nine proteins (consisting of interleukin ⁇ 1 receptor ⁇ like 1 (IL1R1/ST2), tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase 1 (TIMP ⁇ 1), tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinase 2(TIMP ⁇ 2), plasminogen, apolipoprotein ⁇ E (ApoE), erythropoietin (EPO), complement factor H, complement factor D and insulin ⁇ like growth factor binding protein ⁇ 1 (IFGBP ⁇ 1)) was compared with the single protein score from the 6 ⁇ protein panel selected in Example 2.
  • the protein score added greater granularity to risk stratification by clinical targets based on functional class, 6 ⁇ MWD, cardiac index, mean right atrial pressure and BNP/NT ⁇ proBNP, and identified subjects
  • Peroxidasin homolog (PXDN) is induced by TGF ⁇ beta in human pulmonary fibroblasts and the secreted protein is incorporated into the extracellular matrix, colocalising with fibronectin and harnessing bromine to stabilise collagen IV scaffolds. It promotes angiogenesis through activation of Akt and FAK (focal adhesion kinase).
  • SVEP1 also known as Polydom
  • SVEP1 is a ligand for integrin ⁇ 9 ⁇ 1 and a breast cancer antigen, with genetic links to cardiovascular and specifically coronary diseases. It also has a crucial conserved role in lymphatic development. Two other proteins have links to endothelial function.
  • Neuropilin ⁇ 1 (NRP1) is implicated in angiogenesis, cell survival and migration, acting as a coreceptor for vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and semaphorins, and in cardiac regeneration in zebrafish. Recently, NRP1 has been shown to be essential for the signalling of angiopoietin ⁇ like 4 (ANGPTL4).
  • VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
  • ANGPTL4 angiopoietin ⁇ like 4
  • NRP1 soluble fragment of NRP1
  • TSP2 Thrombospondin ⁇ 2
  • TSP2 inhibits human microvascular endothelial cell proliferation and TSP2 knockout mice show enhanced angiogenesis. Impaired TSP2 activity would appear to be detrimental to vascular and cardiac homeostasis, this being supported by recent Mendelian randomisation analysis using a pQTL for TSP2 as a genetic instrument. Elevated circulating TSP2 would be consistent with a compensatory response in PAH, in an attempt to reduce pulmonary vascular damage.
  • Peroxiredoxin ⁇ 4 is an antioxidant enzyme that regulates the activation of NF ⁇ kappa ⁇ B in the cytosol by a modulation of I ⁇ kappa ⁇ B ⁇ alpha phosphorylation.
  • PRDX4 levels are elevated in idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis and overexpression worsens bleomycin induced IPF in mice.
  • Galectin ⁇ 3 (which is elevated in heart failure) inhibits PRDX4 levels, promoting cardiac fibrosis.
  • renin levels likely relate to the systemic consequences of PAH and the cross ⁇ talk between right heart function and the kidney. Reduced cardiac output affects efferent renal arteriolar blood flow, which stimulates release of renin from juxtaglomerular cells.
  • Plasma levels of NT ⁇ proBNP and the 6 ⁇ protein panel score increased with the development of pulmonary hypertension in the three relatives studied, illustrating the value of serial measurements and a rising level/score within an individual should be of great concern. From the data available on these relatives, NT ⁇ proBNP and the protein panel score track together.
  • serial measurements of the 6 ⁇ protein panel score in a subject who received and symptomatically improved on imatinib, a drug hypothesised to act by addressing remodelling directly show that the 6 ⁇ panel score responded, along with an increase in 6MWD, before a fall in NT ⁇ proBNP, suggesting that a change in the 6 ⁇ panel score has potential to inform drug response and therapy selection before a change is observed in NT ⁇ proBNP.
  • Netrin ⁇ 4 (NET4) is a secreted protein, highly expressed in vascular endothelium and upregulated by laminar shear stress. Functionally, it has been shown to modulate angiogenic activity in a variety of experimental models. Studies in cell culture support a pro ⁇ survival role for netrin ⁇ 4 at physiological concentrations. Plasma levels were elevated in the PAH subjects, consistent with increased protein staining in distal pulmonary vessels in lung sections from PAH subjects, and associated with a poor prognosis. Mendelian randomisation analysis supported a causative association between increased levels and PAH. Recent structural biology and kinetic binding studies suggest that netrin ⁇ 4 does not bind to the canonical receptors in the netrin family.
  • the angiogenic effects of netrin ⁇ 4 may depend, at least at higher concentrations, on direct binding to extracellular matrix components, such as laminin ⁇ 1 chains in the basement membrane or integrin ⁇ 6 ⁇ 1, the main receptor for vascular laminins on endothelial cells.
  • High ⁇ affinity binding of netrin ⁇ 4 to laminin could potentially disrupt pre ⁇ existing laminin networks and impair the integrity of the endothelial basement membrane and vessel wall.
  • TSP2 is discussed above in the context of the 6 ⁇ protein panel. The direction of the relationship in our Mendelian randomisation analysis suggests that reduced TSP2 is harmful, which is in keeping with the essential role of TSP2 in maintaining matrix integrity and adaptation to haemodynamic stress. While the Mendelian randomisation analysis may seem at odds with the
  • Endoglin is a homodimeric transmembrane glycoprotein strongly expressed on vascular endothelial cells. It has a large extracellular domain that is cleaved and circulates as soluble endoglin. Elevated plasma soluble endoglin levels, measured by ELISA, in PAH, together with increased staining for the protein in the small vessels and plexiform lesions in lungs from PAH subjects, has been documented previously.
  • soluble endoglin binds BMP9, a protein that promotes endothelial survival and quiescence, with high affinity, it does not appear to inhibit BMP9 signalling; the soluble endoglin:BMP9 complex can signal in endothelial cells with the same potency as BMP9.
  • elevated endoglin levels like elevated NT ⁇ proBNP, likely reflect an attempt to protect the vascular endothelium as opposed to disrupt it.
  • the proteins that comprise the 6 ⁇ protein panel/single protein score emerged from robust statistical modelling of the largest plasma proteome study in PAH to date.
  • the 6 ⁇ protein composite score was generated as a practical tool for risk stratification to be used in addition to NT ⁇ proBNP and clinical risk factors, and has been validated by ELISA for four of the proteins.
  • circulating proteins can be used to predict prognosis in PAH and report on mechanisms distinct from established factors in PAH, such as NT ⁇ proBNP.
  • the risk score developed was robust in an external cohort of incident cases, appears to have potential for utility in screening and treatment monitoring.
  • Mendelian randomisation analysis suggests that therapeutic interventions that inhibit netrin ⁇ 4 activity or augment TSP2 and endoglin activity may be beneficial in PAH.

Landscapes

  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Cell Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Pathology (AREA)
  • Investigating Or Analysing Biological Materials (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention relates to biomarkers associated with pulmonary hypertension. In particular, the invention relates to methods for prognosis and diagnosis of pulmonary hypertension using said biomarkers. The invention further relates to the optimisation of therapy for subjects with pulmonary hypertension using said biomarkers.

Description

PROTEOME ANALYSIS IN PULMONARY HYPERTENSION    FIELD OF THE INVENTION    The  present  invention  relates  to  biomarkers  associated with  pulmonary  hypertension.    In  particular, the invention relates to methods for prognosis and diagnosis of pulmonary hypertension  using said biomarkers.  The invention further relates to the optimisation of therapy for subjects with  pulmonary hypertension using said biomarkers.      BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION  Pulmonary  Hypertension  (PH)  is  a  fatal  disease  characterized  by  lung  blood  vessel  obstruction due to excessive proliferation of vascular cells and inflammation.  Similar to the Warburg  effect  in  cancer,  a  shift  from mitochondrial  oxidation  to  glycolysis  occurs  in  diseased  pulmonary  vessels,  the  infiltrated  inflammatory  cells  and  the  right  ventricle,  as  well  as  other  molecular,  translational  and  clinical  concepts  centred  on  the  mitochondria,  leading  to  chronic  elevation  of  pulmonary artery pressure. The increased pulmonary pressure causes hypertrophy of the right heart  and eventually failure, resulting in premature death.   PH  is  currently  classified  into  five  separate  groups  with  distinct  pathophysiological  characteristics.   Rare forms include pulmonary arterial hypertension (PAH, Group 1) and PH due to  pulmonary  artery  obstructions  (Group  4,  primarily  chronic  thromboembolic  PH  [CTEPH]).    More  common forms include usually mild elevations of pressure seen in significant cardiac (PH due to left  heart disease, Group 2) and respiratory disease (PH due to lung diseases and/or hypoxia, Group 3)  and PH with unclear and/or multifactorial mechanisms (Group 5).   The most common symptoms of PAH are progressive breathlessness, fatigue, syncope, and  clinical signs of heart failure.   The mechanisms underlying PAH are complex, with multiple genetic,  epigenetic  and environmental mechanisms  resulting  in  remodelling of  the pulmonary  vasculature.   Pulmonary  vascular  remodelling  in  PAH  involves  medial  hypertrophy/hyperplasia,  intimal  and  adventitial  fibrosis,  (in  situ)  thrombotic  lesions,  and  plexiform  lesions,  as  well  as  perivascular  infiltration  of  inflammatory  cells  (B‐  and  T‐lymphocytes,  mast  cells,  dendritic  cells,  macrophages,  etc.).  It  affects  mainly  distal  muscular‐type  pulmonary  arterial  vessels  and  small  pre‐capillary  arterioles,  but  post‐capillary  veins  and  bronchial  arteries  are  also  affected.      Multiple  cell  types,  including pulmonary arterial endothelial cells,    fibroblasts, pulmonary arterial smooth muscle cells,  myofibroblasts  and  pericytes  are  involved  in  the  process  of  pulmonary  vascular  remodelling.   Remodelling can be trigged by multiple factors, including trauma, environmental factors such as air   
pollution and smoke exposure, and can be exacerbated by genetic/epigenetic susceptibility. PAH can  also be promoted by  circulating factors such as hormones and metabolites.  The current  licensed  treatments  for PAH may  improve  symptoms, but  the benefits  can be  short lived and the clinical response variable between subjects. Around a third of subjects with PAH  are classified as idiopathic, heritable or drug‐induced and the annual mortality in this group, even in  the most experienced  treatment  centres, averages 10%. Despite  common  features  in  the vascular  pathology  on  histological  examination,  there  is  evidence  of  heterogeneity  within  this  subject  subgroup, as seen in the individual response to specific drugs, for example, the response to calcium  antagonists, and in the emerging underlying genetic architecture.   Early effective  intervention  is  thought  to be beneficial,  leading  to  the use of  combination,  specifically dual or triple, drug therapy from diagnosis, and to  interest  in screening the relatives of  subjects with a family history of PAH to detect the early onset of pulmonary hypertension. Current  screening  strategies  for  PAH are based on  studies  in  at‐risk disease populations,  such as  systemic  sclerosis,  and  involve  a  combination  of  biochemistry  and  non‐invasive  clinical  assessments.  The  penetrance of pathogenic mutations in PAH is low, with best estimates suggesting that around a fifth  of carriers will develop the disease in their lifetime. Attempts to screen these individuals once a year  by  formal  clinical  examination  at  specialist  centres  is  challenging;  individuals  who  feel  well  frequently  do  not  attend.  Furthermore,  the  only  current  biomarkers  for  PAH  are  N‐terminal  pro‐ brain natriuretic peptide (NT‐proBNP) and troponin.  Both of these are cardiac markers (reporting on  cardiac function) and as such its expression is typically increased in late‐stage disease where include  an  element  of  heart  failure.    To‐date,  no  biomarkers  for  early  stage  PAH  have  been  proven  for  clinical use.    Accordingly, there is an urgent need in the art for effective means for the early diagnosis and  prognosis of PH, particularly PAH, especially in the form of point‐of‐care (POC) testing.  In particular,  a blood  test  for  the early detection of PAH would be highly desirable.    There  is  also a need  for  a  better  understanding  of  the  molecular  drivers  of  PAH  to  assist  in  the  development  of  improved  drugs. It is an object of the present invention to address these challenges and to provide an effective  means  for  screening  subjects  for  PH,  particularly  PAH,  as well  as  new  therapeutic  targets  for  PH,  particularly PAH.    SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION  The plasma proteome, the totality of proteins  in plasma secreted and  leaked from tissues,  including the vascular bed, offers a measure of health as circulating levels change with disease. To‐ date, this has been under‐explored in PAH.  The inventors have used plasma proteomics to separate   
subjects with PAH  into  low‐  and high‐risk  groups using  an aptamer‐based assay.  In particular,  the  inventors  have  quantified more  than  4000  proteins,  to  develop  a  small  panel  of  plasma  proteins  identified from an unbiased screen. The inventors have surprisingly demonstrated that a panel of 6  proteins can successfully classify risk, inform the response to treatment and predict the emergence  of PAH in relatives of subjects with PAH. The six proteins which may be used as biomarkers for PH,  particularly for PAH, are neuropilin‐1 (NRP1), peroxiredoxin‐4 (PRDX4), peroxidasin homolog (PXDN),  sushi,  von  Willebrand  factor  type  A,  EGF  and  pentraxin  domain‐containing  protein  1  (SVEP1),  thrombosponin‐2 (TSP2) and renin.  The biomarkers of the invention report directly upon vascular remodelling that occurs during  PH  (e.g.  PAH),  and as  such  changes  in  the  levels  of  these biomarkers precedes  cardiac pathology.   Advantageously,  therefore,  the biomarker panel of  the  invention allows  for  accurate prediction  in  right heart strain and cardiac function, enabling earlier diagnosis or prognostic determination.  In the  context of optimising treatment, use of these earlier biomarkers for PH (e.g. PAH) allow for greater  granularity in the stratification of clinical risk, potentially allowing clinicians to make decisions about  treatment options earlier, and ultimately improving clinical outcome.    Furthermore,  the  inventors have demonstrated  that  the biomarker panel of  the  invention  has utility  independent of established clinical diagnostic/prognostic tools, meaning that  it could be  used as a standalone assay, or in combination with one or more of the established tools.  The  inventors have  further demonstrated  that netrin‐4, TSP2 and endoglin are all  causally  linked with PH, particularly PAH.    In particular, netrin‐4 activity  is  increased  in PAH, and TSP2 and  endoglin activity  is decreased  in PAH.   The  invention further relates to therapy for PH (particularly  PAH) using an agent which inhibits netrin‐4 activity; an agent which increases TSP2 activity; an agent  which increase endoglin activity.  Accordingly,  the  present  invention  provides  a  method  for  diagnosing  or  determining  a  prognosis  for pulmonary  arterial  hypertension  (PAH),  the method  comprising:  (a)  quantifying    the  amount of two or more biomarkers present in a sample obtained from a subject, wherein the two or  more  biomarkers  are  selected  from  Sushi,  Von  Willebrand  Factor  Type  A,  EGF  And  Pentraxin  Domain‐Containing  Protein  1  (SVEP1),  peroxidasin  (PXDN),  renin,  neuropilin  1  (NRP1),  thrombospondin  2  (TSP2)  and  peroxiredoxin‐4  (PRDX4);  (b)  comparing  the  amount  of  the  two  or  more biomarkers with the amount of the same two or more biomarkers in a reference standard; and  thereby diagnosing or determining a prognosis for PAH.  The  invention  further  provides  a method  for  optimising  therapy  for  a  subject  undergoing  treatment for PAH, the method comprising: (a) quantifying  the amount of two or more biomarkers  present in a sample obtained from a subject, wherein the two or more biomarkers are selected from   
SVEP1,  PXDN,  renin,  NRP1,  TSP2  and  PRDX4;  (b)  comparing  the  amount  of  the  two  or  more  biomarkers with the amount of the same two or more biomarkers  in a reference standard; and (i)  changing  the  therapy  if  the  amount  of  the  two  or  more  biomarkers  is  increased  relative  to  the  reference standard; or (ii) maintaining the therapy if the amount of the two or more biomarkers is  the same or lower relative to the reference standard.  The step of comparing the amount of the two or more biomarkers with the amount of the  same two or more biomarkers in a reference standard in a method of the invention may comprise  calculating a single protein score for the two or more biomarkers. The single protein score may be a  weighted  combination  score of  the  two or more biomarkers.    Calculating  the  single protein  score  may  comprise  calculating  z‐scores  for  the  two  or  more  biomarkers  relative  to  the  two  or  more  biomarkers in the reference standard, weighting the z‐scores and adding the z‐scores for the two or  more  biomarkers  to  arrive  at  the  single  protein  score.    Weighting  the  z‐scores  may  comprise  multiplying the z‐scores for the two or more biomarkers by the corresponding coefficient set out in  Table 1.  A method  of  the  invention may  comprise  (a)  (i)  diagnosing  PAH when  the  single  protein  score is at least 1; or (ii) not  diagnosing  PAH  when  the  single  protein  score  is  less  than  1;  (b)  (i)  determining a prognosis for PAH of the subject being at high risk of PAH progression when the single  protein score is at least 0.57; or (ii) determining a prognosis for PAH of the subject being at low risk  of PAH progression when the single protein score is  less than 0.57; or (c) (i) changing the subject’s  therapy when the single protein score is at least 0.57; or (ii) maintaining the subject’s therapy when  the single protein score is less than 0.57.  A method of the invention may comprise quantifying  the amount of two, three, four, five or  six of the biomarkers.  The two or more biomarkers may comprise or consist of: (a) at least one of  SVEP1, PXDN, NRP1 and TSP2; (b) renin and TSP2; (c) renin, NRP1 and TSP2; (d) renin, NRP1, TSP2  and  PRDX4;  (e)  PXDN,  renin,  NRP1,  TSP2  and  PRDX4;  or  (f)  SVEP1,  PXDN,  renin,  NRP1,  TSP2  and  PRDX4.  The  amount  of  each  the  two  or more  biomarkers may  be  quantified  in  a method  of  the  invention  using  an  aptamer‐based  assay,  ELISA, microarray  analysis  and/or  quantitative  real‐time  PCR  (qPCR).      Said  aptamer‐based  assay  may  use  slow  off‐rate  modified  aptamers;  and/or  be  a  multiplex aptamer‐based assay.  The method of  the  invention may use a  sample which  is a biofluid  sample, preferably  the  sample may be a blood sample a serum sample or a plasma sample.   The method of the invention may use a reference standard that is: (i) a non‐PAH reference  standard; or (ii) a PAH reference standard.   
The method of  the  invention may  further  comprise:  (a) quantifying  the amount of one or  more additional biomarker for PAH, wherein preferably said one or more additional biomarker for  PAH  is  N‐terminal  prohormone  of  brain  natriuretic  peptide  (NT‐proBNP)  in  the  sample;  (b)  measuring the pulmonary arterial pressure (PAP) of the subject; (c) measuring the cardiac index of  the subject; and/or (d) determining the six‐minute walk distance (6MWD) of the subject.  The  method  of  the  invention  may  comprise  determining  the  amount  of  two  or  more  biomarkers in the subject at least twice using a separate sample taken each time the amount of the  two or more biomarkers is quantified.  The method of the invention may comprise the use of a sample, wherein: (a) the sample is  taken before treatment initiation; (b) the sample is taken after treatment initiation; or (c) separate  samples are taken before and after treatment initiation.  The method of the invention may further comprise recording the output of at least one step  on a data‐storage medium.  The  invention  further  provides  a  data‐storage  medium  comprising  data  obtained  by  a  method of the invention.  The invention also provides a computer program product comprising program instructions to  cause a processor to perform a method of the invention.  The  invention  further  provides  a  method  of  treating  PAH,  the  method  comprising:  (a)  obtaining the results of a method of diagnosis, a method of determining a prognosis or a method for  optimising  therapy  according  to  the  invention;  (b)  administering  a  PAH  therapy  when  PAH  is  diagnosed (or a prognosis of high‐risk is determined or a current therapy deemed ineffective); and  (c) optionally administering a different therapy when PAH is not diagnosed (or a prognosis of  low‐ risk is determined or a current therapy deemed effective).    A PAH therapy  for use  in a method of  treatment of  the  invention may be selected  from a  TGFβ superfamily ligand trap, an endothelin receptor antagonist, particularly a selective ETA receptor  antagonist,  a  phosphodiesterase  type  5  (PDE5)  inhibitor,  a  prostanoid  analogue  or  agonist,  particularly a prostaglandin I2 (PGI2) analogue or agonist, a nitric oxide stimulator, a tyrosine kinase  inhibitor,  or  a  combination  thereof;  wherein  optionally  the  PAH  therapy  is  selected  from  sotatercept,  sildenafil,  ambrisentan,  iloprost,  macitentan,imatinib,  epoprostenol,  riociguat,  selexipag, tadalafil and bosentan or a combination thereof.    The  invention further provides the use of  two or more of SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2  and PRDX4 as biomarkers for PAH.  The  invention also provides  a device  for  carrying out  a method of diagnosis,  a method of  determining  a  prognosis  or  a  method  for  optimising  therapy  according  to  the  invention,  which   
comprises reagents for quantification of the two or more biomarkers; wherein optionally the device  further comprises an internal control.  The reagents for quantification of the two or more biomarkers comprised in a device of the  invention may comprise: (a) one or more aptamer specific for each of the two or more biomarkers;  (b)  one  or  more  antibody  specific  for  each  of  the  two  or  more  biomarkers;  or  (c)  one  or  more  antibody for at least one of the two or more biomarkers, and one or more aptamer specific for the  two or more biomarkers for which an antibody is not provided.  The  invention further provides a kit comprising reagents  for quantification of  two or more  biomarkers  selected  from SVEP1, PXDN,  renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4, wherein preferably  the kit  comprises reagents for the quantification of SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4.  The reagents for quantification of the two or more biomarkers in a kit of the invention may  be for quantification of the two or more biomarkers by an aptamer‐based assay or by ELISA.  The kit  may further comprise standards for use in quantifying the two or more biomarkers by an aptamer‐ based assay or by ELISA.    BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS    Figure 1: Study flow‐chart  Figure 2: Hazard ratios for protein aptamers associated with outcomes in PAH subjects. Thirty‐three  aptamers (detecting 31 proteins) were independent of both 6MWD (A) and NT‐proBNP (B). Dashed  line, p<0.05  Figure 3: Accuracy of the prognostic model in the cross‐validation analysis. Plot shows a combination  of 19 proteins plus age and sex (left dashed line, minimum error) and 6 proteins (right dashed line,  minimum error plus 1 standard error to reduce over‐fitting) selected by LASSO analysis.  Figure 4: ROC analysis of NT‐proBNP and 6 protein model score, individually and combined.  Figure 5: NT‐proBNP, 6‐protein model and ‘proteins plus NT‐proBNP’ model scores in relatives being  screened for PAH.  Figure 6: Relatives who developed PAH during screening periods of 2‐4 years. Zero point on x‐axis  indicates date of catheterisation measuring pulmonary artery pressure above 25 mmHg (PA Mean  Baseline plotted).  Treatment  started  following diagnosis. NT‐proBNP,  plasma N‐terminal  pro‐brain  natriuretic  peptide,  measured  by  aptamer;  6MWD,  six‐minute  walk  distance  (scaled  by  10m  increment on second y‐axis).  Figure 7: Relative of subject with PAH who developed pulmonary hypertension and left ventricular  diastolic  dysfunction  after  10  yrs  follow  up.  Zero  point  on  x‐axis  indicates  date  of  catheterisation   
measuring  pulmonary  artery  pressure  above  25  mmHg  (PA  Mean  Baseline  plotted).  NT‐proBNP,  plasma  N‐terminal  pro‐brain  natriuretic  peptide,  measured  by  aptamer;  6MWD,  six‐minute  walk  distance (scaled by 10m increment on second y‐axis).  Figure  8:  PAH  subject  who  responded  after  commencing  two  experimental  PAH  therapies,  after  deterioration of PAH following standard therapies over a follow‐up of over 6 years. Zero point on x‐ axis  indicates  date  of  catheterisation  measuring  pulmonary  artery  pressure  above  25  mmHg  (PA  Mean Baseline plotted). NT‐proBNP, plasma N‐terminal pro‐brain natriuretic peptide, measured by  aptamer; 6MWD, six‐minute walk distance (scaled by 10m increment on second y‐axis).  Figure 9:  ROC analysis of  individual proteins  from  the 6‐protein panel,  as well  as 2‐,  3‐,  4‐  and 5‐ protein combinations.  Figure 10: Chart  illustrating power of  the panel with 2‐, 3‐, 4‐ and 5‐protein combinations  (loss of  best/worst proteins for each).  Figure  11:  Proteomics  and  genomics  analytic  workflow  leading  to  the  Mendelian  randomisation  studies.  Figure  12:  Protein  association  with  PAH  compared  to  healthy  controls.  (A)  A  volcano  plot  of  aptamers representing 208 independent proteins that met FDR (q<0.05, blue dots) in both discovery  and  replication  analysis.  Dependent  proteins were  no  longer  associated  after  correcting  for  renal  function or anticoagulation therapy. ‘Not replicated’ proteins only met FDR in the discovery analysis  and those ‘Not associated’ failed to meet FDR in discovery analysis. (B) Protein interaction network  derived from STRING database. Proteins are coloured by clusters using the MCL algorithm and only  proteins with high confidence (interaction score>0.9) are depicted.  Figure 13: Venn diagram shows overlap between proteins that discriminate subjects with PAH from  healthy  control  subjects,  proteins  associated  with  prognosis  in  PAH,  and  protein  instruments  for  Mendelian randomisation studies.    Figure 14: Increased Netrin‐4 protein expression in human IPAH lungs. Immunohistochemical Netrin‐ 4  staining  in human non‐PAH donor  (upper panel) and  idiopathic  pulmonary arterial hypertension  (IPAH,  lower  panel)  lung  sections,  demonstrating  increased  Netrin‐4  protein  expression  in  distal  pulmonary vessels of idiopathic PAH subjects. n=3 subjects. Scale bar: 20um.  Figure  15:  ROC  analysis  directly  compares  performance  in  predicting  5‐year  survival  of  novel  6‐ protein model and published 9‐protein panel score.  Figure  16:  Confirmation  of  proteomic  measurements  of  four  proteins  of  interest  by  targeted  commercial assays in PAH patient plasma samples selected with a range of protein levels from the  proteomic data. A. Thrombospondin‐2 (TSP‐2, n=20) B. Neuropilin‐1 (NRP1, n=20), C. Renin (n=80),  D. PRDX4 (n=62).   
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION    Definitions  Unless  defined  otherwise,  all  technical  and  scientific  terms  used  herein  have  the  same  meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs.  Singleton, et al., DICTIONARY OF MICROBIOLOGY AND MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, 20 ED., John Wiley and  Sons, New York (1994), and Hale & Marham, THE HARPER COLLINS DICTIONARY OF BIOLOGY, Harper  Perennial, NY (1991) provide the skilled person with a general dictionary of many of the terms used  in this disclosure. The meaning and scope of the terms should be clear; however, in the event of any  latent  ambiguity,  definitions  provided  herein  take  precedent  over  any  dictionary  or  extrinsic  definition. It should be understood that this invention is not limited to the particular methodology,  protocols, and reagents, etc., described herein and as such can vary.  This disclosure is not limited by the exemplary methods and materials disclosed herein, and  any  methods  and  materials  similar  or  equivalent  to  those  described  herein  can  be  used  in  the  practice  or  testing  of  embodiments  of  this  disclosure.      The  terminology  used  herein  is  for  the  purpose of  describing particular  embodiments  only,  and  is  not  intended  to  limit  the  scope of  the  present invention, which is defined solely by the claims.  The description of embodiments of the disclosure is not intended to be exhaustive or to limit  the disclosure to the precise form disclosed. While specific embodiments of, and examples for, the  disclosure  are  described  herein  for  illustrative  purposes,  various  equivalent  modifications  are  possible within  the  scope of  the disclosure,  as  those  skilled  in  the  relevant  art will  recognize.  For  example, while method steps or functions are presented in a given order, alternative embodiments  may  perform  functions  in  a  different  order,  or  functions  may  be  performed  substantially  concurrently. The teachings of the disclosure provided herein can be applied to other procedures or  methods  as  appropriate.  The  various  embodiments  described  herein  can  be  combined  to  provide  further  embodiments.  Aspects  of  the  disclosure  can  be  modified,  if  necessary,  to  employ  the  compositions, functions and concepts of the above references and application to provide yet further  embodiments of the disclosure. Moreover, due to biological functional equivalency considerations,  some changes can be made in protein structure without affecting the biological or chemical action in  kind  or  amount.  These  and  other  changes  can  be made  to  the  disclosure  in  light  of  the  detailed  description. All  such modifications are  intended  to be  included within  the  scope of  the appended  claims.  Unless otherwise  indicated,  any nucleic  acid  sequences are written  left  to  right  in 5'  to 3'  orientation;  amino  acid  sequences  are  written  left  to  right  in  amino  to  carboxy  orientation,  respectively  
The headings provided herein are not limitations of the various aspects or embodiments of  this disclosure.   As used herein,  the  term "capable of' when used with a verb, encompasses or means  the  action  of  the  corresponding  verb.  For  example,  "capable  of  interacting"  also  means  interacting,  "capable  of  cleaving"  also means  cleaves,  "capable  of  binding"  also means  binds  and  "capable  of  specifically targeting…" also means specifically targets.  Other definitions of terms may appear throughout the specification.  Before the exemplary  embodiments are described in more detail, it is to be understood that this disclosure is not limited to  particular  embodiments  described,  and  as  such  may  vary.    It  is  also  to  be  understood  that  the  terminology used herein  is  for  the purpose of  describing particular  embodiments only,  and  is  not  intended  to  be  limiting,  since  the  scope  of  the  present  disclosure  will  be  defined  only  by  the  appended claims.  Numeric ranges are inclusive of the numbers defining the range.  Where a range of values is  provided,  it  is  understood  that  each  intervening  value,  to  the  tenth of  the unit  of  the  lower  limit  unless  the context clearly dictates otherwise, between  the upper and  lower  limits of  that  range  is  also specifically disclosed.   Each smaller  range between any stated value or  intervening value  in a  stated range and any other stated or intervening value in that stated range is encompassed within  this disclosure.  The upper and lower limits of these smaller ranges may independently be included  or excluded  in  the  range,  and each  range where either, neither or both  limits  are  included  in  the  smaller ranges is also encompassed within this disclosure, subject to any specifically excluded limit in  the stated range.  Where the stated range includes one or both of the limits, ranges excluding either  or both of those included limits are also included in this disclosure.  As used herein,  the articles "a" and “an” may refer to one or to more than one (e.g.  to at  least one) of the grammatical object of the article.   Further, unless otherwise required by context,  singular terms shall include pluralities and plural terms shall include the singular. In this application,  the  use  of  "or"  means  "and/or"  unless  stated  otherwise.  Furthermore,  the  use  of  the  term  "including", as well as other forms, such as "includes" and "included", is not limiting.  “About” may generally mean an acceptable degree of error for the quantity measured given  the nature or precision of the measurements. Exemplary degrees of error are within 20 percent (%),  typically, within 10%, and more typically, within 5% of a given value or range of values.  Preferably,  the term “about” shall be understood herein as plus or minus (±) 5%, preferably ± 4%, ± 3%, ± 2%, ±  1%, ± 0.5%, ± 0.1%, of the numerical value of the number with which it is being used.   
The  term  "consisting  of''  refers  to  compositions,  methods,  and  respective  components  thereof as described herein, which are exclusive of any element not recited in that description of the  invention.  As used herein the term "consisting essentially of''  refers to those elements required for a  given invention. The term permits the presence of elements that do not materially affect the basic  and  novel  or  functional  characteristic(s)  of  that  invention  (i.e.  inactive  or  non‐immunogenic  ingredients).  Embodiments  described  herein  as  “comprising”  one  or  more  features  may  also  be  considered  as  disclosure  of  the  corresponding  embodiments  “consisting  of”  and/or  “consisting  essentially of” such features.   Concentrations,  amounts,  volumes,  percentages  and  other  numerical  values  may  be  presented herein in a range format. It is also to be understood that such range format is used merely  for  convenience  and  brevity  and  should  be  interpreted  flexibly  to  include  not  only  the  numerical  values  explicitly  recited  as  the  limits  of  the  range  but  also  to  include  all  the  individual  numerical  values  or  sub‐ranges  encompassed within  that  range  as  if  each  numerical  value  and  sub‐range  is  explicitly recited.   Amino  acids  are  referred  to  herein  using  the  name  of  the  amino  acid,  the  three‐letter  abbreviation or the single letter abbreviation.    As used herein,  the  terms "protein" and "polypeptide" are used  interchangeably herein  to  designate a series of amino acid residues, connected to each other by peptide bonds between the  alpha‐amino and carboxyl groups of adjacent residues. The terms "protein", and "polypeptide" refer  to  a  polymer  of  amino  acids,  including  modified  amino  acids  (e.g.,  phosphorylated,  glycated,  glycosylated,  etc.)  and  amino  acid  analogues,  regardless  of  its  size  or  function.  "Protein"  and  "polypeptide"  are  often  used  in  reference  to  relatively  large  polypeptides,  whereas  the  term  "peptide"  is  often  used  in  reference  to  small  polypeptides,  but  usage  of  these  terms  in  the  art  overlaps. The terms "protein" and "polypeptide" are used interchangeably herein when referring to  a  gene  product  and  fragments  thereof.  Thus,  exemplary  polypeptides  or  proteins  include  gene  products,  naturally  occurring  proteins,  homologs,  orthologs,  paralogs,  fragments  and  other  equivalents, variants, fragments, and analogues of the foregoing.  Minor variations in the amino acid sequences of proteins of the invention are contemplated  as  being  encompassed  by  the  present  invention,  providing  that  the  variations  in  the  amino  acid  sequence(s) maintain at least 60%, at least 70%, more preferably at least 80%, at least 85%, at least  90%, at least 95%, and most preferably at least 97% or at least 99% sequence identity to the proteins  of  the  invention  or  an  immunogenic  fragment  thereof  as  defined  anywhere  herein.  The  term   
homology is used herein to mean identity.  As such, the sequence of a variant or analogue sequence  of  a  protein  of  the  invention  may  differ  on  the  basis  of  substitution  (typically  conservative  substitution) deletion or insertion.  Proteins  of  the  invention  may  include  variants  in  which  amino  acid  residues  from  one  species are substituted for the corresponding residue in another species, either at the conserved or  non‐conserved positions. Variants of protein molecules disclosed herein may be produced and used  in the present invention. Following the lead of computational chemistry in applying multivariate data  analysis  techniques  to  the  structure/property‐activity  relationships  [see  for  example, Wold,  et  al.  Multivariate data analysis in chemistry. Chemometrics‐Mathematics and Statistics in Chemistry (Ed.:  B.  Kowalski);  D.  Reidel  Publishing  Company,  Dordrecht,  Holland,  1984  (ISBN  90‐277‐1846‐6]  quantitative  activity‐property  relationships  of  proteins  can  be  derived  using  well‐known  mathematical  techniques,  such as  statistical  regression,  pattern  recognition and  classification  [see  for example Norman et al. Applied Regression Analysis. Wiley‐lnterscience; 3rd edition (April 1998)  ISBN: 0471170828; Kandel, Abraham et al. Computer‐Assisted Reasoning in Cluster Analysis. Prentice  Hall PTR, (May 11, 1995), ISBN: 0133418847; Krzanowski, Wojtek. Principles of Multivariate Analysis:  A  User's  Perspective  (Oxford  Statistical  Science  Series,  No  22  (Paper)).  Oxford  University  Press;  (December 2000),  ISBN: 0198507089; Witten,  Ian H. et al Data Mining: Practical Machine Learning  Tools  and  Techniques  with  Java  Implementations.  Morgan  Kaufmann;  (October  11,  1999),  ISBN:1558605525; Denison David G. T.  (Editor) et al Bayesian Methods  for Nonlinear Classification  and  Regression  (Wiley  Series  in  Probability  and  Statistics).  John Wiley  &  Sons;  (July  2002),  ISBN:  0471490369; Ghose, Arup K. et al. Combinatorial Library Design and Evaluation Principles, Software,  Tools, and Applications  in Drug Discovery.  ISBN: 0‐8247‐0487‐8]. The properties of proteins can be  derived  from empirical  and  theoretical models  (for  example,  analysis  of  likely  contact  residues  or  calculated  physicochemical  property)  of  proteins  sequence,  functional  and  three‐dimensional  structures and these properties can be considered individually and in combination.  Amino  acids  are  referred  to  herein  using  the  name  of  the  amino  acid,  the  three‐letter  abbreviation or the single letter abbreviation.  The term “protein", as used herein, includes proteins,  polypeptides, and peptides.   As used herein,  the  term “amino acid sequence”  is  synonymous with  the  term  “polypeptide”  and/or  the  term  “protein”.    In  some  instances,  the  term  “amino  acid  sequence” is synonymous with the term “peptide”.  The terms "protein" and "polypeptide" are used  interchangeably herein.  In the present disclosure and claims, the conventional one‐letter and three‐ letter codes for amino acid residues may be used.   The 3‐letter code for amino acids as defined in  conformity  with  the  IUPACIUB  Joint  Commission  on  Biochemical  Nomenclature  (JCBN).    It  is  also   
understood that a polypeptide may be coded for by more than one nucleotide sequence due to the  degeneracy of the genetic code.  Amino  acid  residues  at  non‐conserved  positions may  be  substituted  with  conservative  or  non‐conservative residues. In particular, conservative amino acid replacements are contemplated.   A “conservative amino acid substitution” is one in which the amino acid residue is replaced  with an amino acid residue having a similar side chain. Families of amino acid residues having similar  side  chains  have  been  defined  in  the  art,  including  basic  side  chains  (e.g.,  lysine,  arginine,  or  histidine), acidic side chains (e.g., aspartic acid or glutamic acid), uncharged polar side chains (e.g.,  glycine, asparagine, glutamine,  serine,  threonine,  tyrosine, or cysteine), nonpolar  side chains  (e.g.,  alanine,  valine,  leucine,  isoleucine,  proline,  phenylalanine,  methionine,  or  tryptophan),  beta‐ branched  side  chains  (e.g.,  threonine,  valine,  isoleucine)  and  aromatic  side  chains  (e.g.,  tyrosine,  phenylalanine,  tryptophan,  or  histidine).  Thus,  if  an  amino  acid  in  a  polypeptide  is  replaced with  another amino acid from the same side chain family, the amino acid substitution is considered to be  conservative. The inclusion of conservatively modified variants in a protein of the invention does not  exclude  other  forms  of  variant,  for  example  polymorphic  variants,  interspecies  homologs,  and  alleles.  “Non‐conservative amino acid substitutions”  include those  in which (i) a residue having an  electropositive side chain (e.g., Arg, His or Lys)  is substituted for, or by, an electronegative residue  (e.g., Glu or Asp), (ii) a hydrophilic residue (e.g., Ser or Thr) is substituted for, or by, a hydrophobic  residue (e.g., Ala, Leu,  Ile, Phe or Val),  (iii) a cysteine or proline  is substituted for, or by, any other  residue, or (iv) a residue having a bulky hydrophobic or aromatic side chain (e.g., Val, His, Ile or Trp)  is substituted for, or by, one having a smaller side chain (e.g., Ala or Ser) or no side chain (e.g., Gly).  “Insertions” or  “deletions” are  typically  in  the  range of about 1, 2, or 3 amino acids.    The  variation  allowed  may  be  experimentally  determined  by  systematically  introducing  insertions  or  deletions of amino acids in a protein using recombinant DNA techniques and assaying the resulting  recombinant variants for activity.  This does not require more than routine experiments for a skilled  person.  A “fragment” of a polypeptide comprises at  least 50%, at  least 60%, at  least 70%, at  least  80%, at least 90%, at least 95%, at least 97% or more of the original polypeptide.  A  typical antibody comprises at  least  two “light  chains”  (LC) and  two "heavy  chains”  (HC).  The light chains and heavy chains of such antibodies are polypeptides consisting of several domains.  Each heavy chain comprises a heavy chain variable region (abbreviated herein as “VH”) and a heavy  chain constant region (abbreviated herein as “CH”). The heavy chain constant region comprises the  heavy chain constant domains CH1, CH2 and CH3 (antibody classes IgA, IgD, and IgG) and optionally   
the heavy chain constant domain CH4 (antibody classes IgE and IgM). Each  light chain comprises a  light  chain  variable  domain  (abbreviated  herein  as  “VL”)  and  a  light  chain  constant  domain  (abbreviated herein as “CL”). The variable regions VH and VL can be further subdivided into regions  of  hypervariability,  termed  complementarity determining  regions  (CDR),  interspersed with  regions  that  are more  conserved,  termed  framework  regions  (FR).  Each  VH  and  VL  is  composed  of  three  CDRs and four FRs, arranged from amino‐terminus to carboxy‐terminus in the following order: FR1,  CDR1, FR2, CDR2, FR3, CDR3, FR4. The “constant domains” of the heavy chain and of the light chain  are not involved directly in binding of an antibody to a target, but exhibit various effector functions.  Binding  between  an  antibody  and  its  target  antigen  or  epitope  is  mediated  by  the  Complementarity  Determining  Regions  (CDRs).  The  CDRs  are  regions  of  high  sequence  variability,  located within the variable region of the antibody heavy chain and light chain, where they form the  antigen‐binding  site.  The  CDRs  are  the  main  determinants  of  antigen  specificity.  Typically,  the  antibody  heavy  chain  and  light  chain  each  comprise  three  CDRs  which  are  arranged  non‐ consecutively. The antibody heavy and light chain CDR3 regions play a particularly important role in  the binding specificity/affinity of the antibodies according to the invention and therefore provide a  further aspect of the invention.  Thus, the term “antigen binding fragment” as used herein incudes any naturally‐occurring or  artificially‐constructed configuration of an antigen‐binding polypeptide comprising one, two or three  light chain CDRs, and/or one, two or three heavy chain CDRs, wherein the polypeptide is capable of  binding to the antigen.  The sequence of a CDR may be identified by reference to any number system known in the  art,  for  example,  the  Kabat  system  (Kabat,  E.  A.,  et  al.,  Sequences  of  Proteins  of  Immunological  Interest,  5th  ed.,  Public  Health  Service,  National  Institutes  of  Health,  Bethesda,  MD  (1991);  the  Chothia  system  (Chothia  &,  Lesk,  “Canonical  Structures  for  the  Hypervariable  Regions  of  Immunoglobulins,”  J. Mol.  Biol.  196,  901–917  (1987));  or  the  IMGT  system  (Lefranc  et  al.,  “IMGT  Unique Numbering  for  Immunoglobulin and Cell Receptor Variable Domains and  Ig  superfamily V‐ like domains,” Dev. Comp. Immunol. 27, 55–77 (2003)).   For heavy chain constant region amino acid positions discussed in the invention, numbering  is according  to  the EU  index  first described  in Edelman, G.M., et al., Proc. Natl. Acad.  Sci. USA 63  (1969) 78‐85).  The EU numbering of Edelman is also set forth in Kabat et al. (1991) (supra.).  Thus,  the terms “EU index as set forth in Kabat”, “EU Index”. “EU index of Kabat” or “EU numbering” in the  context of  the heavy  chain  refers  to  the  residue numbering  system based on  the human  lgG1 EU  antibody of Edelman et al. as  set  forth  in Kabat et al.  (1991). The numbering system used  for  the  light chain constant region amino acid sequence is similarly set forth in Kabat et al. (supra.). Thus, as   
used  herein,  “numbered  according  to  Kabat”  refers  to  the  Kabat  numbering  system  set  forth  in  Kabat et al. (supra.).  The  antibodies  of  the  invention  or  antigen‐binding  fragments  thereof  are  preferably  monoclonal  antibodies.  More  preferably,  the  antibodies  of  the  invention  or  antigen‐binding  fragments thereof are isolated monoclonal antibodies.  The  term  “humanized  antibody”  refers  to  antibodies  in  which  the  framework  or  “complementarity  determining  regions”  (CDRs)  have  been  modified  to  comprise  the  CDR  of  an  immunoglobulin  of  different  specificity  as  compared  to  that  of  the  parent  immunoglobulin.  For  example, a murine CDR may be grafted into the framework region of a human antibody to prepare  the  “humanized  antibody.”  See,  e.g.,  Riechmann,  L.,  et  al.,  Nature  332  (1988)  323‐327;  and  Neuberger, M.S., et al., Nature 314 (1985) 268‐270. In some embodiments, “humanized antibodies”  are those in which the constant region has been additionally modified or changed from that of the  original antibody to generate the properties of the antibodies according to the invention, especially  in regard to Clq binding and/or Fc receptor (FcR) binding.  The term “chimeric antibody” refers to an antibody comprising a variable region, i.e., binding  region,  from  one  source  or  species  and  at  least  a  portion  of  a  constant  region  derived  from  a  different source or species, usually prepared by recombinant DNA techniques. Chimeric antibodies  comprising  a murine  variable  region and a human  constant  region are preferred. Other preferred  forms  of  “chimeric  antibodies”  encompassed  by  the  present  invention  are  those  in  which  the  constant  region has been modified or  changed  from  that of  the original antibody  to generate  the  properties of the antibodies according to the invention, especially in regard to Clq binding and/or Fc  receptor (FcR) binding. Such chimeric antibodies are also referred to as “class‐switched antibodies”.  Chimeric antibodies are the product of expressed immunoglobulin genes comprising DNA segments  encoding  immunoglobulin  variable  regions  and DNA  segments  encoding  immunoglobulin  constant  regions. Methods  for  producing  chimeric  antibodies  involving  conventional  recombinant DNA  and  gene  transfection  techniques are well known  in  the art. See, e.g., Morrison, S.L., et al., Proc. Natl.  Acad. Sci. USA 81 (1984) 6851‐6855; US Patent Nos. 5,202,238 and 5,204,244.  The terms “Fc region”, “Fc part” and “Fc” are used interchangeably herein and refer to the  portion of  a native  immunoglobulin  that  is  formed by  two Fc  chains.  Each  “Fc  chain”  comprises a  constant domain CH2 and a constant domain CH3. Each Fc chain may also comprise a hinge region. A  native  Fc  region  is  homodimeric.  In  some  embodiments,  the  Fc  region  may  be  heterodimeric  because it may contain modifications to enforce Fc heterodimerization.  There are  five major classes of heavy chain constant  region,  classified as  IgA,  IgG,  IgD,  IgE  and  IgM,  each  with  characteristic  effector  functions  designated  by  isotype.  For  example,  IgG  is   
separated  into  four  subclasses  known  as  IgGl,  IgG2,  IgG3,  and  IgG4.  Ig  molecules  interact  with  multiple classes of cellular receptors. For example, IgG molecules interact with three classes of Fcγ  receptors  (FcγR)  specific  for  the  IgG  class  of  antibody,  namely  FcγRI,  FcγRII,  and  FcγRIII.  The  important sequences for the binding of IgG to the FcγR receptors have been reported to be located  in the CH2 and CH3 domains.   The antibodies of  the  invention or antigen‐binding  fragments  thereof may be any  isotype,  i.e.  IgA,  IgD,  IgE,  IgG  and  IgM,  and  synthetic  multimers  of  the  four‐chain  immunoglobulin  (Ig)  structure.  The terms “Fab fragment” and “Fab” are used  interchangeably herein and contain a single  light chain (e.g. a constant domain CL and a VL) and a single heavy chain (e.g. the constant domain  CH1 and a VH). The heavy chain of a Fab fragment  is not capable of forming a disulfide bond with  another heavy chain.   A “Fab' fragment” contains a single light chain and a single heavy chain but in addition to the  CH1 and the VH, a “Fab' fragment” contains the region of the heavy chain between the CH1 and CH2  domains  that  is  required  for  the  formation  of  an  inter‐chain  disulfide  bond.  Thus,  two  “Fab'  fragments” can associate via the formation of a disulphide bond to form a F(ab')2 molecule.  A “F(ab')2 fragment” contains two light chains and two heavy chains. Each chain includes a  portion of the constant region necessary for the formation of an inter‐chain disulfide bond between  two heavy chains.   An “Fv fragment” contains only the variable regions of the heavy and light chain. It contains  no constant regions.  A  “single‐domain  antibody”  is  an  antibody  fragment  containing  a  single  antibody  domain  unit (e.g., VH or VL).   A  “single‐chain  Fv”  (“scFv”)  is  antibody  fragment  containing  the  VH  and  VL  domain  of  an  antibody, linked together to form a single chain. A polypeptide linker is commonly used to connect  the VH and VL domains of the scFv.  A “tandem scFv”, also known as a TandAb®, is a single‐chain Fv molecule formed by covalent  bonding of two scFvs in a tandem orientation with a flexible peptide linker.   A  “bi‐specific  T  cell  engager”  (BiTE®)  is  a  fusion  protein  consisting  of  two  single‐chain  variable  fragments  (scFvs) on a  single peptide chain. One of  the scFvs binds  to T cells via  the CD3  receptor, and the other to a tumour cell antigen.   A  “diabody”  is  a  small  bivalent  and  bispecific  antibody  fragment  comprising  a  heavy  (VH)  chain  variable  domain  connected  to  a  light  chain  variable  domain  (VL)  on  the  same  polypeptide  chain  (VH‐VL)  connected  by  a  peptide  linker  that  is  too  short  to  allow  pairing  between  the  two   
domains on the same chain (Kipriyanov,  Int.  J. Cancer 77 (1998), 763‐772). This forces pairing with  the  complementary  domains  of  another  chain  and  promotes  the  assembly  of  a  dimeric molecule  with two functional antigen binding sites.   The  antibodies  of  the  invention  or  antigen‐binding  fragments  thereof  also  include  derivatives  that  are  modified  (e.g.,  by  the  covalent  attachment  of  any  type  of  molecule  to  the  antibody) such that covalent attachment does not prevent the antibody from binding to its epitope,  or otherwise impair the biological activity of the antibody. Examples of suitable derivatives include,  but  are  not  limited  to  fucosylated  antibodies,  glycosylated  antibodies,  acetylated  antibodies,  PEGylated antibodies, phosphorylated antibodies, and amidated antibodies.  Further  embodiments  are  multispecific  antibodies  (bispecific,  trispecific  etc.)  and  other  conjugates, e.g. with cytotoxic small molecules.   As  used  herein,  the  terms  “polynucleotides”,  "nucleic  acid"  and  "nucleic  acid  sequence"  refers  to  any  molecule,  preferably  a  polymeric  molecule,  incorporating  units  of  ribonucleic  acid,  deoxyribonucleic  acid  or  an  analogue  thereof.  The  nucleic  acid  can  be  either  single‐stranded  or  double‐stranded.  A  single‐stranded  nucleic  acid  can  be  one  nucleic  acid  strand  of  a  denatured  double‐  stranded DNA Alternatively,  it  can be a  single‐stranded nucleic acid not derived  from any  double‐stranded DNA. In one aspect, the nucleic acid can be DNA. In another aspect, the nucleic acid  can be RNA Suitable nucleic acid molecules are DNA, including genomic DNA or cDNA. Other suitable  nucleic acid molecules are RNA, including siRNA, shRNA, and antisense oligonucleotides.  In the context of the present invention, a "biomarker" is a protein or a fragment or peptide  thereof, that is present in the biological sample and that may be isolated from, or measured in, the  biological sample.  A biomarker can be the entire intact molecule, or it can be a portion thereof that  may  be  partially  functional  or  recognized,  for  example,  by  an  antibody  or  other  specific  binding  member.  A biomarker is considered to be informative if a measurable aspect or characteristic of the  biomarker is associated with a given state of a subject, such as the presence of PH, particularly PAH.   Such  a  measurable  aspect  or  characteristic  may  include,  for  example,  the  presence,  absence,  or  concentration of the biomarker  in the biological sample from the individual and/or  its presence as  part  of  a  profile  of  biomarkers.    Such  a measurable  aspect  of  a  biomarker  is  defined  herein  as  a  "feature."   For example,  the presence of a biomarker may be a  feature.   As another example,  the  amount  of  a  biomarker  in  a  sample,  or  the  amount  of  a  biomarker  in  a  sample  compared with  a  control  or  reference  sample  may  be  a  feature.    A  feature  may  also  be  a  ratio  of  two  or  more  measurable  aspects  of  biomarkers,  which  biomarkers  may  or  may  not  be  of  known  identity,  for  example.    A  "biomarker  profile"  comprises  at  least  two  such  features,  where  the  features  can  correspond to the same or different classes of biomarkers such as,  for example,  two proteins or a   
nucleic  acid  and  a  protein.    A  biomarker  profile may  also  comprise  at  least multiple  features.    A  biomarker profile may comprise at least one measurable aspect of at least one internal standard.  Exemplary, but non‐limiting amino acid sequences of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and  renin may comprise or consist of:  ^ NRP1 – UniProt Accession No. O14786  (version 3 of  the sequence, sequence  for  the entry  last modified 23 September 2008), SEQ ID NO: 1;  ^ PRDX4 – UniProt Accession No. Q13162 (version 1 of the sequence, sequence for the entry  last modified 01 November 1996), SEQ ID NO: 2;  ^ PXDN – UniProt Accession No. Q92626 (version 2 of the sequence, sequence for the entry  last modified 26 February 2008), SEQ ID NO: 3;  ^ SVEP1 – UniProt Accession No. Q4LDE5 (version 3 of the sequence, sequence for the entry  last modified 18 May 2010), SEQ ID NO: 4;  ^ TSP2 – UniProt Accession No. P35442 (version 2 of the sequence, sequence for the entry last  modified 25 November 2008), SEQ ID NO: 5; and  ^ renin – UniProt Accession No. P00797 (version 1 of the sequence, sequence for the entry last  modified 1 January 1988), SEQ ID NO: 6.  Variants and fragments of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin are also envisaged as  biomarkers according to the invention.   The  terms  "decrease",  "reduced",  "reduction",  or  "inhibit"  are  all  used  herein  to mean  a  decrease  by  a  statistically  significant  amount.  The  terms  "reduce,"  "reduction"  or  "decrease"  or  "inhibit"  typically  means  a  decrease  by  at  least  10%  as  compared  to  a  reference  level  (e.g.  the  absence of a given  treatment) and can  include,  for example, a decrease by at  least about 10%, at  least about 20%, at least about 25%, at least about 30%, at least about 35%, at least about 40%, at  least about 45%, at least about 50%, at least about 55%, at least about 60%, at least about 65%, at  least about 70%, at least about 75%, at least about 80%, at least about 85%, at least about 90%, at  least about 95%, at  least about 98%, at  least about 99% , or more. As used herein, "reduction" or  "inhibition"  encompasses  a  complete  inhibition  or  reduction  as  compared  to  a  reference  level.  "Complete  inhibition"  is  a  100%  inhibition  (i.e.  abrogation)  as  compared  to  a  reference  level.  A  decrease can be preferably down to a level accepted as within the range of normal for an individual  without a given disorder.  The terms "increased", "increase", "enhance", or "activate" are all used herein to mean an  increase  by  a  statically  significant  amount.  The  terms  "increased",  "increase",  "enhance",  or  "activate" can mean an  increase of at  least 10% as compared to a reference  level,  for example an  increase of at least about 20%, or at least about 30%, or at least about 40%, or at least about 50%, or   
at least about 60%, or at least about 70%, or at least about 80%, or at least about 90% or up to and  including a 100% increase or any increase between 10‐100% as compared to a reference level, or at  least about a 2‐fold, or at least about a 3‐fold, or at least about a 4‐fold, or at least about a 5‐fold or  at least about a 10‐fold increase, or any increase between 2‐fold and 10‐fold or greater as compared  to a reference level. In the context of a marker or symptom, an "increase" is a statistically significant  increase in such level.  The terms "individual”, "subject”, and "patient”, are used interchangeably herein to refer to  a  mammalian  subject  for  whom  diagnosis,  prognosis,  disease  monitoring,  treatment,  therapy,  and/or  therapy  optimisation  is  desired.  The  mammal  can  be  (without  limitation)  a  human,  non‐ human  primate,  mouse,  rat,  dog,  cat,  horse,  or  cow.  In  a  preferred  embodiment,  the  individual,  subject, or patient is a human. An “individual” may be an adult,  juvenile or infant.   An “individual”  may be male or female.  A "subject in need" of treatment for a particular condition can be an individual having that  condition, diagnosed as having that condition, or at risk of developing that condition.  A subject can be one who has been previously diagnosed with or identified as suffering from  or having a condition in need of treatment or one or more complications related to such a condition,  and optionally, have already undergone treatment  for a condition as defined herein or  the one or  more complications related to said condition. Alternatively, a subject can also be one who has not  been previously  diagnosed  as  having  a  condition  as  defined herein  or  one  or more  complications  related to said condition. For example, a subject can be one who exhibits one or more risk factors for  a condition, or one or more complications related to said condition or a subject who does not exhibit  risk factors.  As used herein, the term “healthy individual” refers to an individual or group of individuals  who are in a healthy state, e.g. individuals who have not shown any symptoms of the disease, have  not been diagnosed with the disease and/or are not likely to develop the disease (i.e. PH, particularly  PAH). Preferably said healthy individual(s) is not on medication affecting PH (e.g. PAH) and has not  been diagnosed with any other disease. The one or more healthy individuals may have a similar sex,  age, and/or body mass  index  (BMI) as compared with  the  test  individual.   Application of  standard  statistical methods used in medicine permits determination of normal levels of expression in healthy  individuals, and significant deviations from such normal levels.  As  used  herein,  the  term  “disease  progression” means  a  change  in  the  way  a  disease  or  condition affects a subject over time.  For chronic and/or incurable diseases, “progression” typically  describes the worsening of a disease or symptoms of said disease over time.  Thus, in the context of   
PH (e.g. PAH), progression may be defined as a worsening of PH (e.g. PAH) or the symptoms thereof.   Progression may be defined by any established clinical measure, such as those described herein.    As  used  herein,  the  terms  “risk”  and  “high  risk”  of  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  progression  are  used  interchangeably to mean to that a subject  is statistically  likely to exhibit PH (e.g. PAH) progression  within a set time period. By way of non‐limiting example, a high‐risk of progression may based on  five‐ or eight‐ year outcomes (e.g. measured by all‐cause mortality or lung‐transplantation).   As  used  herein,  the  terms  “low  risk”  and  “no  risk”  of  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  progression  are  used  interchangeably to mean to that a subject is statistically unlikely to exhibit PH (e.g. PAH) progression  within a set time period.   By way of non‐limiting example, a  low‐risk of progression may based on  five‐  or  eight‐  year  outcomes  (e.g.  measured  by  all‐cause  mortality  or  lung‐transplantation).  Classification  of  a  subject  by  a  diagnostic/prognostic  method  of  the  invention  does  not  require  perfect  classification.  Classification may  be  characterised  by  its  "sensitivity."    Diagnosis/prognosis  may  be  characterized  by  its  "sensitivity".    "Sensitivity"  of  diagnosis  relates  to  the  percentage  of  individuals with PH (e.g. PAH) who were correctly identified as having PH (e.g. PAH). "Sensitivity" of  prognosis  relates  to  the  percentage  of  individuals  with  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  whose  risk  category  was  correctly  identified as high‐risk for progression. "Sensitivity"  is defined  in the art as the number of  true positives divided by the sum of true positives and false negatives.  The "specificity" of a diagnosis is defined as the percentage of patients who were correctly  identified as not having PH (e.g. PAH), compared with a healthy control(s).  "Sensitivity" of prognosis  relates  to  the  percentage  of  individuals  with  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  whose  risk  category  was  correctly  identified  not  having  high‐risk  for  progression.  That  is,  "specificity"  relates  to  the  number  of  true  negatives divided by the sum of true negatives and false positives.    “Accuracy”  is  defined  as  the  rate  or  frequency  by which  subjects  can  be  allocated  to  the  correct group, and is defined mathematically as: Accuracy = (true negatives + true positives)/( true  negatives + true positives + false positives + false negatives).  Herein the terms “control” and “reference population” are used interchangeably.   The  term  “pharmaceutically  acceptable”  as  used  herein  means  approved  by  a  regulatory  agency  of  the  Federal  or  a  state  government,  or  listed  in  the  U.S.  Pharmacopeia,  European  Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia  The publications discussed herein are provided solely for their disclosure prior to the filing  date  of  the  present  application.    Nothing  herein  is  to  be  construed  as  an  admission  that  such  publications constitute prior art to the claims appended hereto.     Disclosure  related  to  the  various  methods  of  the  invention  are  intended  to  be  applied  equally  to  other methods,  therapeutic  uses  or methods,  the  data  storage medium or  device,  the  computer program product, and vice versa.    Pulmonary Hypertension  The present invention relates to biomarkers for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of pulmonary  hypertension (PH), as well as methods for optimising therapy for PH, as described herein.  Typically  the  invention  relates  to  biomarkers  for  the  diagnosis  and/or  prognosis  of  pulmonary  arterial  hypertension (PAH), as well as methods for optimising therapy for PAH, as described herein.   PH  is  a  fatal  disease  characterized  by  lung  blood  vessel  obstruction  due  to  excessive  proliferation of vascular cells and inflammation.  As used herein, PH may be defined as an increase in  mean pulmonary arterial pressure (mPAP) of ≥ 25 mmHg.  mPAP is typically determined clinically by  right heart catheterization.   PAH is a subset of PH, which may be further defined by a pulmonary artery wedge pressure  (PAWP,  referred  to  interchangeably as pulmonary  capillary wedge pressure or PCWP) ≤ 15 mmHg  and a pulmonary vascular  resistance  (PVR) >3 Wood units  (WU)  in  the absence of other causes of  pre‐capillary PH such as PH due to lung diseases, chronic thromboembolic pulmonary hypertension  or other rare diseases.  Shared aetiology between PH and PAH means that methods and biomarkers  useful  for diagnosis/prognosis/therapy optimisation/treatment of PH have potential  in  the context  of PAH, and vice versa.  The biomarkers and methods of the invention may be used independently, or may be used  in  combination  with  any  other  appropriate  clinical  diagnostic/prognostic  tool,  biomarker  or  classification measure.    Established  examples  of  such  clinical measures  include measures  of  right  ventricular (RV) function, such as mPAP, cardiac index (CI), contractile reserve (PAP during exercise),  right  atrial  (RA)  pressure, mixed  venous  oxygen  saturation  (SvO2); measures  of  exercise  capacity,  such as the six‐minute walking distance (6MWD) test and cardiopulmonary exercise testing (CPET) to  measure  end‐tidal  partial  pressure  of  carbon  dioxide  (pCO2),  ventilator  equivalents  for  CO2  (VE/VCO2), oxygen pulse (VO2/HR) and peak oxygen uptake (peak VO2); and biomarkers such as NT‐ proBNP and brain natriuretic peptide (BNP).    Biomarkers for Pulmonary Hypertension  The  inventors have used plasma proteomics  to  identify biomarkers  for PH, particularly  for  PAH.    In particular  the  inventors have  identified six proteins which may be used as biomarkers for  PH, particularly  for PAH: NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and  renin  (referred  to  interchangeably  herein as " the six biomarkers " andthe“six protein ”).  
Each  of  the  six  biomarkers  may  be  used  alone,  in  combination  with  any  of  the  other  biomarkers, and/or in combination with one or more additional biomarker for PH, particularly PAH,  and/or  in combination with any other appropriate clinical diagnostic/prognostic tool, biomarker or  classification measure, as disclosed herein.  The invention provides the use of any one of NRP1, PXDN, SVEP1 and TSP2 for the diagnosis  and/or  prognosis  of  PH  (particularly  PAH),  as  well  as  methods  for  optimising  therapy  for  PH  (particularly PAH), methods of treatment and methods of monitoring as described herein.    Typically,  the  invention  relates  to  the  use of  two of more of NRP1,  PRDX4,  PXDN,  SVEP1,  TSP2 and renin for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of PH (particularly PAH), as well as methods for  optimising therapy for PH (particularly PAH), methods of  treatment and methods of monitoring as  described herein.  Thus, the invention relates to the use of any two, any three, any four, any five or  all  six  of  NRP1,  PRDX4,  PXDN,  SVEP1,  TSP2  and  renin  for  the  diagnosis  and/or  prognosis  of  PH  (particularly PAH), as well as methods for optimising therapy for PH (particularly PAH), methods of  treatment and methods of monitoring as described herein.   Preferably the invention relates to the  use of three or more (i.e. any three, four, five or all six), four of more (i.e. any four, five or all six), or  five or more (i.e. any five or all six) of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin for the diagnosis  and/or  prognosis  of  PH  (particularly  PAH),  as  well  as  methods  for  optimising  therapy  for  PH  (particularly PAH), methods of treatment and methods of monitoring as described herein.   In some  particularly  preferred  embodiments  all  six  of NRP1,  PRDX4,  PXDN,  SVEP1,  TSP2  and  renin  for  the  diagnosis and/or prognosis of PH (particularly PAH), as well as methods for optimising therapy for PH  (particularly PAH), methods of treatment and methods of monitoring as described herein.  Accordingly, the invention may relate to the use of any two of the six biomarkers: NRP1 and  PRDX4;  NRP1  and  PXDN;  NRP1  and  SVEP1;  NRP1  and  TSP2;  NRP1  and  renin;  PRDX4  and  PXDN;  PRDX4 and SVEP1; PRDX4 and TSP2; PRDX4 and renin; PXDN and SVEP1; PXDN and TSP2; PXDN and  renin; SVEP1 and TSP2; SVEP1 and renin; or TSP2 and renin.  Preferably, the invention may relate to  the use of TSP2 and renin.  The  invention may  relate  to  the  use  of  any  three  of  the  six  biomarkers:  renin,  TSP2  and  SVEP1;  renin,  TSP2  and  PXDN;  renin,  TSP2  and  PRDX4;  renin,  TSP2  and  NRP1;  renin,  SVEP1  and  PXDN; renin, SVEP1 and PRDX4; renin, SVEP1 and NRP1; renin, PXDN and PRDX4; renin, PXDN and  NRP1;  renin, PRDX4 and NRP1; TSP2, SVEP1 and PXDN; TSP2, SVEP1 and PRDX4; TSP2, SVEP1 and  NRP1;  TSP2,  PXDN  and  PRDX4;  TSP2,  PXDN  and NRP1;  TSP2,  PRDX4  and NRP1;  SVEP1,  PXDN  and  PRDX4; SVEP1, PXDN and NRP1; SVEP1, PRDX4 and NRP1; or PXDN, PRDX4 and NRP1. Preferably, the  invention may relate to the use of NRP1, TSP2 and renin.   
The invention may relate to the use of any four of the six biomarkers: NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN  and SVEP1; NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN and TSP2; NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN and renin; NRP1, PRDX4, SVEP1 and  TSP2; NRP1, PRDX4, SVEP1 and renin; NRP1, PRDX4, TSP2 and renin; NRP1, PXDN, SVEP1 and TSP2;  NRP1, PXDN, SVEP1 and renin; NRP1, PXDN, TSP2 and renin; NRP1, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin; PRDX4,  PXDN,  SVEP1  and  TSP2;  PRDX4,  PXDN,  SVEP1  and  renin;  PRDX4,  PXDN,  TSP2  and  renin;  PRDX4,  SVEP1, TSP2 and renin; or PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin. Preferably, the invention may relate to the  use of NRP1, PRDX4, TSP2 and renin.  The invention may relate to the use of any five of the six biomarkers: NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN,  SVEP1 and TSP2; NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1 and renin; NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, TSP2 and renin; NRP1,  PRDX4, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin; NRP1, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2 and renin; or PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2  and renin. Preferably, the invention may relate to the use of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, TSP2 and renin.  The invention may relate to the use of all six biomarkers: NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, SVEP1, TSP2  and renin.  One of skill in the art would understand that biomarker combinations of the invention may  be defined in terms of the biomarkers  included (as above), or  in terms of biomarkers omitted.   By  way  of  non‐limiting  example,  the  combination  NRP1,  PRDX4,  PXDN,  TSP2  and  renin  may  be  described  positively  as  such,  or  alternatively  as  a  five  combination/panel,  lacking  SVEP1,  and  the  skilled person would understand these two definitions to describe the same marker combination.  By  way  of  further  non‐limiting  examples:  the  combination  NRP1,  PRDX4,  TSP2  and  renin  may  alternatively  be  described  as  a  four  combination/panel,  lacking  SVEP1  and  PXDN;  and  the  combination NRP1,  TSP2  and  renin may  alternatively  be  described  as  a  three  combination/panel,  lacking SVEP1, PRDX4 and PXDN.  Each biomarker may be  independently  selected  from  the protein of   NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN,  SVEP1,  TSP2  and  renin,  or  a  fragment  or  variant  thereof  (as  defined  herein),  or  a  nucleic  acid  encoding for said protein. Accordingly, the invention also envisages the use of nucleic acids (e.g. RNA  or  DNA)  encoding  NRP1,  PRDX4,  PXDN,  SVEP1,  TSP2  and/or  renin,  particularly  encoding  the  exemplary  amino  acid  sequences  described  herein  or  encoding  fragments  thereof,  as  biomarkers  according to the invention.  Typically each of the biomarker is a protein, or a fragment or variant thereof (as described  herein).  The  invention  also  relates  to  methods  of  quantification  of  a  biomarker  of  the  invention,  particularly to combinations of the biomarkers of the invention.  Any standard technique or assay for  biomarker quantification known in the art may be used for quantification according to the invention.    
Non‐limiting  examples  of methods,  assays  and  techniques  for  quantification  of  biomarkers  of  the  invention are described herein.  Any  reference  herein  to  a  biomarker  of  the  invention  applies  equally  and  without  reservation  to  any  and  all  combinations  of  the  six  biomarkers  of  the  invention,  including  all  six  biomarkers, unless expressly stated otherwise.      Diagnostic and Prognostic Methods and Uses  The  present  invention  provides  a  method  for  diagnosing  or  determining  a  prognosis  for  pulmonary hypertension (PH), the method comprising: (a) quantifying  the amount of two or more  biomarkers present in a sample obtained from a subject, wherein the two or more biomarkers are  selected from SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4; (b) comparing the amount of the two or  more biomarkers with the amount of the same two or more biomarkers in a reference standard; and  thereby diagnosing or determining a prognosis for PH.    Any  combination of  the  six  biomarkers  as described herein may be used according  to  the  present invention.    The diagnostic and prognostic methods of the present invention are in vitro methods. Thus,  the  invention can be carried out  in vitro on an  isolated sample  that has previously been obtained  from a subject.  As used herein, the terms “diagnosis”, “diagnosing” and “diagnose(d)” refer to the process  or act of recognising, deciding on or concluding on a disease or condition in a subject on the basis of  symptoms and signs and/or from results of various diagnostic procedures (such as for example, from  knowing the presence, absence or quantity of biomarkers or other clinical measures characteristic of  the diagnosed disease or condition).  Thus, “diagnosing PH (e.g. PAH)” may interchangeably be referred to as “diagnosing whether  a subject has or is at risk of having PH (e.g. PAH)”, meaning determining whether the subject has or  is at risk of having PH (e.g. PAH). “Diagnosing PH (e.g. PAH)” or “diagnosing whether a subject has or  is at risk of having PH (e.g. PAH)” may mean confirming the presence (or absence) of PH (e.g. PAH) in  a subject suspected of having or being at risk of PH (e.g. PAH).  As used herein, the terms “prognosis”, “prognosing” and “prognose(d)” refer to the process  or act of recognising, deciding on or concluding on a the likely course or progression of disease or  condition,  or  predicting  the  outcome  of  said  disease  or  condition  in  a  subject  on  the  basis  of  symptoms and signs and/or from results of various prognostic procedures (such as for example, from  knowing the presence, absence or quantity of biomarkers or other clinical measures characteristic of  the diagnosed disease or condition).   
Thus,  “prognosing  PH  (e.g.  PAH)”  may  interchangeably  be  referred  to  as  “determining  a  prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH)”, meaning determining the likely course or progression of PH (e.g. PAH)  in a subject with PH (e.g. PAH). “Prognosing PH (e.g. PAH)” or “determining a prognosis for PH (e.g.  PAH)” may mean determining whether a subject with PH (e.g. PAH) is at low‐risk or high‐risk of the  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  progressing.    As  defined  herein,  progression  of  PH  (e.g.  PAH) may  be  defined  as  a  worsening  of  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  or  the  symptoms  thereof.    Progression  may  be  defined  by  any  established  clinical  measure,  such  as  those  described  herein.    By  way  of  non‐limiting  example,  progression of PH  (e.g. PAH) may be defined by and/or associated with a decrease  in RV  function  (e.g. an increase in mPAP, decrease in CI, decrease in PAWP); a decrease in exercise capacity (e.g. an  decrease  in  6MWD);  and/or  an  increase  in  NT‐proBNP  and/or  BNP.    Conventionally,  a  subject  is  deemed of  low risk of PH  (e.g. PAH) progression  if  targets  for  two or more clinical measures  (e.g.  selected  from  the  established  WHO  functional  class  (as  explained  at  https://www.phaeurope.org/about‐ph/classification‐and‐who‐functional‐class/,  amongst  other  sources), 6MWD, CI and NT‐proBNP and/or BNP) are met.   The five‐year survival of  low‐risk subjects is typically ≥ about 70%, preferably ≥ about 75%,  more preferably ≥ about 80%, even more preferably  ≥ about 90%.  Accordingly, low‐risk of PH (e.g.  PAH) progression may be defined as the likelihood of five‐year survival  of ≥ about 70%, preferably ≥  about  75%,  more  preferably  ≥  about  80%,  even  more  preferably    ≥  about  90%.      The  five‐year  survival  of  high‐risk  subjects  is  ≤  about  70%,  ≤  about  60%,  such  as  ≤  about  55%,  ≤  50%,  and  it  typically  about  50%.    Accordingly,  high‐risk  of  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  progression  may  be  defined  as  the  likelihood of  five‐year  survival   of ≤ about 70%, ≤ about 60%,  such as ≤ about 55%, ≤ 50%, and  it  typically about 50%.    The eight‐year survival of low‐risk subjects is typically ≥ about 70%, preferably ≥ about 75%,  more preferably ≥ about 80%.  Accordingly, low‐risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression may be defined as  the  likelihood  of  eight‐year  survival    of  ≥  about  70%,  preferably  ≥  about  75%, more  preferably  ≥  about 80%.  The eight‐year survival of high‐risk subjects is ≤ about 60%, such as ≤ about 55%, ≤ 50%,  and it typically about 50%.  Accordingly, high‐risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression may be defined as the  likelihood of eight‐year survival  of ≤ about 60%, such as ≤ about 55%, ≤ 50%, and it typically about  50%.     The methods of the invention may be useful in identifying subjects who have not previously  been diagnosed with PH (e.g. PAH), or a symptom thereof or disease associated therewith.  Subjects  may  have  one  or more  symptom  of  PH/PAH,  or may  be  asymptomatic  for  PH/PAH  (or  symptom  thereof  or  disease  associated  therewith).    Subjects  may  have  been  identified  as  being  at  risk  of  developing  PH  (e.g.  PAH),  for  example  due  to  a  subject  exhibiting  one  or  more  risk  factor  for   
PH/PAH.  The subject may therefore be one who is suffering from or is at risk of developing PH/PAH  (or  symptom thereof or disease associated  therewith).   By way of non‐limiting example, a  subject  may have been identified as at risk of PH (e.g. PAH) because they are a relative of an individual who  has previously been diagnosed with PH (e.g. PAH).  Thus, the methods of the present invention are  particularly  useful  in  diagnosing  or  determining  a  prognosis  for  a  subject  who  is  a  relative  of  an  individual who has previously been diagnosed with PH (e.g. PAH).  The  methods  of  the  invention  comprise  a  step  of  “quantifying  biomarkers”  in  a  sample  obtained  from a  subject. As used herein,  the phrase “quantifying biomarkers” means determining  the amount of the markers that are present in a sample obtained from a test subject.   When determining the amount of the biomarkers that are present in the sample this means  quantifying  each  biomarker  by  determining,  for  example,  the  relative  or  absolute  amount  of  the  biomarker. It will be appreciated that the assay methods do not necessarily require measurement of  absolute  values  of  biomarker,  unless  it  is  desired,  because  relative  values  are  sufficient  for many  applications of the invention.  Accordingly, the "amount" can be the (absolute) total amount of the  biomarker  (e.g. mass, molar amount, concentration or molarity)  that  is detected  in a sample, or  it  can be a  "relative" amount, e.g.,  the difference between  the biomarker detected  in a  sample and  e.g.  another  constituent  of  the  sample.    The  amount  of  the  biomarker  may  be  expressed  by  its  concentration in a sample, or by the concentration of a reagent that detects the marker.  The  amount  of  a  biomarker  of  the  invention  may  be  determined  by  quantitative  and/or  qualitative  analysis.    The  amount  of  the  biomarker  may  be  given  in  any  appropriate  units.  For  example, the concentration of the one or more biomarker may be given in pg/ml, ng/ml or μg/ml.   Measurement  of  the  biomarkers  of  the  invention  can  be  performed  by  any method  that  provides satisfactory analytical specificity, sensitivity and precision.  The invention thus encompasses  the  use  of  those  methods  known  to  a  person  skilled  in  the  art  to  measure  the  amount  of  biomarker(s)  for each of  the purposes of diagnosing, determining a prognosis,  treating, optimising  therapy and/or monitoring PH (e.g. PAH) according to the invention.   A biomarker of the invention may be detected at the nucleic acid or protein level.   Thus, a  biomarker  of  the  invention  may  be  DNA,  RNA  or  protein  and  may  be  quantified  using  any  appropriate technique. Typically biomarkers of the invention are detected at the protein level.  The  amount of a biomarker of the invention may be measured directly or indirectly. The relative amount  of  a  biomarker  of  the  invention  may  be  determined  using  any  appropriate  technique.    Suitable  standard  techniques  are  known  in  the  art,  for  example  aptamer‐based  assays  or  antibody‐based  assays  such  as Western  blotting  and  enzyme‐linked  immunosorbent  assays  (ELISAs).    Other  non‐ limiting examples of standard techniques that may be used include microarray analysis, quantitative   
real‐time PCR (qPCR), high Performance Liquid Chromatography (HPLC) and mass spectrometry (e.g.  matrix‐assisted laser desorption/ionization mass spectrometry (MALDI MS), surface‐enhanced laser  desorption/ionization mass spectrometry (SELDI MS), time of flight mass spectrometry (TOF MS) and  liquid  chromatography  mass  spectrometry  (LC MS)).      Preferred  methods  include  aptamer‐based  assays  (as  used  in  the  Examples)  and  antibody‐based  assays.  Particularly  preferred  are  aptamer‐ based  assays,  non‐limiting  examples  of  which  use  slow  off‐rate  modified  aptamers  (SOMAers).   Quantification  means,  preferably  aptamer‐based  assays,  may  be  in  multiplex  form.  Multiplexed  assays advantageously allow for quantification of biomarker combinations at minimal additional cost  and  uses  instrumentation  that  is  now widely  available  with  increasing  extent  of  automation  and  availability for non‐specialist use.  Different biomarkers may be quantified using different detection methods according to the  present invention.  For example one or more biomarker of the invention may be quantified using an  aptamer‐based assay (e.g. using one or more SOMAer, such as a SomaScan‐V4), and a different one  or more biomarker of the invention may be quantified using an antibody‐based assay (e.g. an ELISA).  By way of non‐limiting example, any one, two, three, four or five of NRP1, PXDN, renin, SVEP1 and  TSP2  may  be  detected  using  an  aptamer‐based  assay  (e.g.  using  one  or  more  SOMAer  for  each  biomarker), and PRDX4 may be quantified using an antibody‐based assay (e.g. an ELISA).  When the amounts of two or more biomarker are determined, the methods of the present  invention  typically  determine  the  amount  of  each  biomarker.    Alternatively,  the  methods  of  the  invention may determine  the cumulative amount of all  the markers.   Alternatively,  the amount of  the biomarkers can be combined with each other in a formula to form an index value.  Agents  for  the  quantification  of  a  biomarker  by  the  invention  typically  bind  to  said  biomarker. Such agents may bind specifically to the biomarker.  The agent for the quantification of a  biomarker may be an aptamer (particularly a SOMAer), antibody or other binding agent specific for  the biomarker.  By specific, it will be understood that the agent binds to the molecule of interest, in  this case the biomarker, with no significant cross‐reactivity  to any other molecule, particularly any  other protein.  For example, an agent (e.g. aptamer) that is specific for NRP1 will show no significant  cross‐reactivity with human neutrophil  elastase.   Cross‐reactivity may be assessed by any  suitable  method. Cross‐reactivity of an agent for a biomarker with a molecule other than the biomarker may  be considered significant if the agent binds to the other molecule at least 5%, 10%, 15%, 20%, 25%,  30%, 35%, 40%, 45%, 50%, 55%, 60%, 65%, 70%, 75%, 80%, 85%, 90% or 100% as strongly as it binds  to the biomarker.  An agent that is specific for the biomarker may bind to another molecule such as  human neutrophil elastase at less than 90%, 85%, 80%, 75%, 70%, 65%, 60%, 55%, 50%, 45%, 40%,  35%,  30%,  25% or  20%  the  strength  that  it  binds  to  the one or more biomarker.    Preferably,  the   
agent binds to the other molecule at  less than 20%,  less than 15%,  less than 10% or  less than 5%,  less than 2% or less than 1% the strength that it binds to the biomarker.    The methods of the invention comprise a step of “comparing the amount” of the biomarkers  with the amount of the same biomarkers in a reference standard. The “reference standard” refers to  a  value  obtained  from  a  population  of  individual(s)  whose  disease  status  is  known.  A  reference  standard  can  be  determined  for  any  particular  population,  subpopulation,  or  group  of  individuals  according to standard methods well known to those of skill in the art.    The reference standard can be generated from one individual or a population of two or more  individuals.  The control or  reference population,  for example, may comprise  three,  four,  five,  ten,  15, 20, 30, 40, 50 or more individuals, preferably at least ten individuals.   The reference standard may be the amount of a biomarker in a sample or samples derived  from one individual. Alternatively, the reference standard may be derived by pooling data obtained  from multiple  individuals, and calculating an average (for example, mean or median) amount for a  biomarker. Thus, the reference standard may reflect the average amount of a biomarker in multiple  individuals.  Said  amounts  may  be  expressed  in  absolute  or  relative  terms,  in  the  manner  as  described above in relation to the sample that is to be tested using the method of the invention.  The  reference standard  is  typically obtained  from a  reference sample,  i.e. a  sample of  the  same sample type (e.g. biofluid, tissue or cells) as the sample(s) obtained from the subject, wherein  the reference sample is obtained from a reference population.    By way of non‐limiting example, if  the sample obtained from a subject is a blood sample (e.g. a whole blood, plasma or serum sample),  the reference standard is also obtained from a blood sample (e.g. a whole blood, plasma or serum  sample, as appropriate).    The  amount  of  a  biomarker  of  the  invention  may  be  assessed  and  compared  with  the  corresponding  value  for  the  same  biomarker  from  the  reference  standard.    Alternatively,  the  amount  of  a  biomarker  of  the  invention  may  be  compared  with  that  of  the  reference  standard  without  quantifying  the  mass,  molar  amount,  concentration  or  molarity  of  the  one  or  more  biomarker.  When comparing between the sample and the reference standard, the way in which the  amounts  are  expressed  is  matched  between  the  sample  and  the  reference  standard.  Thus,  an  absolute amount is compared with an absolute amount, and a relative amount is compared with a  relative amount.  When the amounts of two or more biomarkers are determined, the method may comprise  comparing  the  amount  of  each  biomarker  to  its  corresponding  reference  standard.    When  the  cumulative amount of all  the biomarkers  is determined,  the method may comprise comparing  the  cumulative amount to a corresponding reference standard.     
The  reference  standard  may  be  obtained  either  within  (i.e.  constituting  a  step  of)  or  separately  to  (i.e.  not  constituting  a  step  of)  the methods  of  the  invention.  The methods  of  the  invention  may  comprise  a  step  of  establishing  a  reference  standard  for  the  quantity  of  the  biomarkers. Alternatively, the reference standard may be obtained separately to the method of the  invention and accessed during the comparison step of the invention.  The reference standard and the subject’s (test) sample that are compared in the methods of  the present  invention may be  generated  from  the  same  individual,  provided  that  the  sample  and  reference  standard  are  generated  from  biological  samples  taken  at  different  time  points  and  compared to one another.  For example, a sample may be obtained from a subject at the start of a  study period and serve as a reference standard.  This reference standard may then be compared to  the amount of the biomarkers of the invention generated from subsequent samples from the same  subject.    Such  a  comparison may  be  used,  for  example,  to  determine  the  progression  of  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  in  the subject by  repeating  the method over  time,  to monitor a  subject  for PH  (e.g. PAH) or  progression thereof, or for optimising therapy, as described herein.    The  reference  standard may  be  obtained,  for  example,  from a  population  of  non‐PH  (e.g.  non‐PAH)  individual(s),  i.e.  individual(s)  without  PH  (e.g.  without  PAH).    Typically  the  reference  standard may be obtained from a population of healthy individual(s), as defined herein.  Healthy and  non‐PH (e.g. non‐PAH) reference standards may be  interchangeably referred to herein as “non‐PH  (non‐PAH) reference standards”.    Alternatively, the reference standard may be obtained, for example, from a population of PH  (e.g. PAH) individual(s), i.e. individual(s) with PH (e.g. with PAH).  Such reference standards may be  interchangeably  referred  to  herein  as  “PH  (PAH)  reference  standards”.    These  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  individual(s) may  be  different  to  the  subject,  or may  be  the  subject  at  a  different  time  point  (as  described above).    If  the PH  (e.g. PAH)  individual(s) are different  to  the  subject,  such  individual(s)  preferably have similar sex, age, and body mass index (BMI) as compared with the test subject.  Multiple separate reference standards may be used in the methods of the invention for each  marker. For example, reference standards obtained from a population of individual(s) with PH (e.g.  PAH)  and  reference  standards  obtained  from  a  population  of  healthy  individuals  may  be  used  according to the present invention.  By comparing the amount of biomarkers quantified in a sample obtained from a subject to  the amount of markers quantified for a reference standard (such as that obtained from a population  of healthy individuals, or from a population of individuals known to have PH (e.g. PAH)), it is possible  to diagnose whether a subject has PH (e.g. PAH).      
The  methods  of  the  invention  permit  classification  of  the  subject  as  belonging  to  or  not  belonging  to  the  reference  population  (i.e.  by  determining  whether  the  amounts  of  biomarker  quantified  in  the  subject  are  statistically  similar  to  the  reference  standard  or  statistically  deviate  from the reference standard). Hence, classification of the subject’s biomarker profile (i.e. the overall  pattern  of  change  observed  for  the  biomarkers  quantified)  as  corresponding  to  a  particular  reference  standard  is  predictive  that  the  individual  falls  (or  does  not  fall)  within  the  reference  population from which the reference standard was derived.   A subject may be diagnosed as having or being at risk of PH (e.g. PAH) when the amount of  biomarker(s)  quantified  is  statistically  similar  to  the  amount  determined  for  the  corresponding  values obtained in a PH (e.g. PAH) reference standard. Alternatively, a subject may be diagnosed as  not having or not being at risk of having PH (e.g. PAH) when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified is  statistically  similar  to  the  amount  determined  for  the  corresponding  values  obtained  in  a  non‐PH  (e.g. non‐PAH) reference standard.  A subject may be diagnosed as having or being at risk of PH (e.g. PAH) when the amount of  biomarker(s)  quantified  statistically  deviates  from  the  amount  determined  for  the  corresponding  values  obtained  in  a  non‐PH  (e.g.  non‐PAH)  reference  standard.  Alternatively,  a  subject  may  be  diagnosed  as  not  having  or  not  being  at  risk  of  having  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  when  the  amount  of  biomarker(s)  quantified  statistically  deviates  from  the  amount  determined  for  the  corresponding  values obtained in a PH (e.g. PAH) reference standard.  By comparing the amount of biomarkers quantified in a sample obtained from a subject to  the amount of markers quantified for a reference standard (such as that obtained from a population  of healthy individuals, or from a population of individuals known to have PH (e.g. PAH)), it is possible  to determine a prognosis for a PH (e.g. PAH) in a subject, such as a subject with PH (e.g. PAH).    The methods of the invention permit classification of the subject as being at risk of PH (e.g.  PAH) progression by determining whether  the amounts of biomarker quantified  in  the subject are  statistically similar to the reference standard or statistically deviate from the reference standard.   A  prognosis  of  a  subject  being  at  risk  of  PH  progression  (e.g.  PAH  progression)  may  be  determined  when  the  amount  of  biomarker(s)  quantified  is  statistically  similar  to  the  amount  determined  for  the  corresponding  values  obtained  in  a  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  reference  standard.  Alternatively, a prognosis of a subject not being at risk of PH progression (e.g. PAH progression) may  be  determined when  the  amount  of  biomarker(s)  quantified  is  statistically  similar  to  the  amount  determined for the corresponding values obtained in a non‐PH (e.g. non‐PAH) reference standard.  A  prognosis  of  a  subject  being  at  risk  of  PH  progression  (e.g.  PAH  progression)  may  be  determined  when  the  amount  of  biomarker(s)  quantified  statistically  deviates  from  the  amount   
determined for the corresponding values obtained  in a non‐PH (e.g. non‐PAH) reference standard.  Alternatively, a prognosis of a subject not being at risk of PH progression (e.g. PAH progression) may  be determined when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified statistically deviates from the amount  determined for the corresponding values obtained in a PH (e.g. PAH) reference standard.  The methods of the invention allow for stratification of risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.   In  particular,  the methods  of  the  invention may  provide  improved  granularity  of  risk  of  progression  compared with established clinical measures (as described herein).  Accordingly, a prognosis of a subject being at risk of PH progression (e.g. PAH progression)  may be determined when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified is statistically similar to the amount  determined for the corresponding values obtained in a PH (e.g. PAH) reference standard, even if the  subject  is  deemed of  low  risk of PH  (e.g. PAH) progression using established  clinical measures  (as  described herein). Alternatively, a prognosis of a subject not being at risk of PH progression (e.g. PAH  progression) may be determined when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified is statistically similar  to  the  amount  determined  for  the  corresponding  values  obtained  in  a  non‐PH  (e.g.  non‐PAH)  reference  standard,  even  if  the  subject  is  deemed of  high  risk  of  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  progression  using  established clinical measures (as described herein).  A  prognosis  of  a  subject  being  at  risk  of  PH  progression  (e.g.  PAH  progression)  may  be  determined  when  the  amount  of  biomarker(s)  quantified  statistically  deviates  from  the  amount  determined for the corresponding values obtained  in a non‐PH (e.g. non‐PAH) reference standard,  even  if  the  subject  is  deemed  of  low  risk  of  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  progression  using  established  clinical  measures  (as  described  herein).  Alternatively,  a  prognosis  of  a  subject  not  being  at  risk  of  PH  progression (e.g. PAH progression) may be determined when the amount of biomarker(s) quantified  statistically  deviates  from  the  amount  determined  for  the  corresponding  values  obtained  in  a  PH  (e.g. PAH) reference standard, even if the subject is deemed of high risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression  using established clinical measures (as described herein).    As  used  herein,  the  term  “statistically  similar”  means  that  the  amounts  of  biomarker  quantified for the subject are similar to those quantified for the reference standard to a statistically  significant  level.  The  term “statistically  significant” means  that  the alteration  is  greater  than what  might be expected to happen by chance alone (p = < 0.05). Statistical significance can be determined  by any method known in the art.    As  used  herein,  the  term  “statistically  deviates”  means  that  the  amounts  of  biomarker  quantified for the subject differs from those quantified for the reference standard to a statistically  significant  level.  The  term “statistically  significant” means  that  the alteration  is  greater  than what  might be expected to happen by chance alone (p = < 0.05). Statistical significance can be determined   
by  any  method  known  in  the  art.    The  deviation  in  marker  abundance  may  be  an  increase  or  decrease. The increase or decrease may be statistically significant.    Typically,  comparing  the  amount  of  the  biomarker  relative  to  the  reference  standard  and  determining an increase indicates that the subject has or is at risk of having PH (e.g. PAH) or PH (e.g.  PAH) progression. The increase can be, for example, at least 5%, at least 10%, at least 15%, at least  20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, or at least 50%, at least 60%,  at least 70%, at least 80%, at least 90%, at least 100%, at least 110%, at least 120%, at least 130%, at  least 140% or at least 150% of the reference value. The increase in the amount of the markers may  be statistically significant.  Typically,  comparing  the  amount  of  the  biomarker  relative  to  the  reference  standard  and  determining a decrease indicates that the subject does not have or is not at risk of having PH (e.g.  PAH) or PH (e.g. PAH) progression. The decrease can be, for example, at  least 5%, at  least 10%, at  least 15%, at least 20%, at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 35%, at least 40%, at least 45%, or at least  50%,  at  least  60%,  at  least  70%,  at  least  80%,  at  least  90%,  at  least  95%,  or  at  least  99%  of  the  reference value. The decrease in the amount of the markers may be statistically significant.    Thus, a subject may be diagnosed with PH (e.g. PAH) or at risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression  when  there  is an  increase  in any biomarker or biomarker combination of  the  invention relative  to  the corresponding reference standard obtained from a population of healthy individuals.    Likewise, a subject may be diagnosed as not having PH (e.g. PAH) or not at risk of PH (e.g.  PAH)  progression  when  there  is  a  decrease  in  any  biomarker  or  biomarker  combination  of  the  invention  relative  to  the  corresponding  reference  standard obtained  from a population of healthy  individuals.  The  sensitivity of  the methods of  the  invention  (as  defined herein) may be at  least  about  90%, at least about 89%, at least about 88%, at least about 87%, at least about 86%, at least about  85%, at least about 80%, at least about 75%, at least about 70%, or at least about 65%.  The  specificity of  the methods of  the  invention  (as defined herein) may be at  least  about  90%, at least about 89%, at least about 88%, at least about 87%, at least about 86%, at least about  85%, at least about 80%, at least about 75%, at least about 70%, or at least about 65%.    The method of the invention for diagnosing or determining a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) can  be used in combination with other methods to diagnose/prognose PH (e.g. PAH). Established clinical  measures for diagnosing/prognosing PH (e.g. PAH) are known in the art, and non‐limiting examples  are described herein.   
  The step of comparing the amount of any biomarker of the invention with the amount of the  same  biomarker  in  a  reference  standard  may  comprise  calculating  a  score  (referred  to  interchangeably as a “protein score”) for the biomarker.    A  protein  score  may  be  calculated  by  taking  the  amount  (quantification  value)  for  a  biomarker  and  scaling  it  against  the  amount  (quantification  value)  for  the  same biomarker  in  the  reference standard to produce a scaled score (referred to interchangeably as a “z‐score”). Scaling/z‐ score  calculation  is  routine  in  the  art.  Briefly,  the  formula  for  calculating  a  z‐score  is  z=  (x‐μ)/σ,  where μ is the population mean and σ is the population standard deviation.  Scaling may be based on the amount (quantification value) of a biomarker in a non‐PH (e.g.  non‐PAH) reference standard, such that the non‐PH (e.g. non‐PAH) reference standard will have an  average amount (z‐score) of zero (0) with a standard deviation of one (1), and the scaled amount (z‐ score) of the corresponding biomarker in a subject with PH (e.g. PAH) is greater than zero.    The z‐score for a biomarker may then be multiplied by a weighting coefficient to produce a  weighted  score  (weighted  z‐score)  for  an  individual  biomarker.    Preferred  weighting  coefficients  determined by the inventors in the Examples are set out below in Table 1.    Table 1: Proteins selected by cross‐validation analysis.  LASSO analysis selected six proteins to create  a  single  model  score  predicting  prognosis  in  the  combined  discovery  and  validation  subjects.   Representative weighting  coefficients  for profiles of  five,  four,  three and  two biomarkers  are  also  given.     
  The weighting coefficient will typically be dependent on the reference population/reference  standard  used,  and  the  assay  used  for  quantification.    Calculation  of  a  weighting  coefficient  is  routine  in  the  art  and  a  skilled  person  would  if  required  readily  be  able  to  calculate  weighting  coefficients for each biomarker of the invention.    One non‐limiting example of a quantification assay and associated weighting coefficients  is  described in the Examples, with the resulting weighting coefficients given in Table 1 (above).  Table 1  also gives representative weighting coefficients that may alternatively be used with profiles of five,  four, three and two biomarkers (although the respective weighting coefficients determined using the  six‐biomarker profile in the Examples are preferred). Using a different quantification assay, it would  be routine for one of skill in the art to determine a distribution for scaling based on that assay, and  hence to calculate z‐scores from the quantified amount.  A weighted z‐score for a biomarker could  then be  calculated using  any  appropriate weighting  coefficient,  such as  the weighting  coefficients  described herein (e.g. in Table 1).    Separate scores (scaled and optionally weighted) may be calculated for each biomarker, or a  combined  score  for  two  or  more  biomarkers  may  be  calculated  to  give  a  single  score  for  all  biomarkers  quantified.    Such  a  (weighted)  combination  score may  be  referred  to  interchangeably  herein as a “single score”,  “single protein score”, “model score”, “model protein score”, “composite  score”,  “composite  protein  score”  or  “model  single  protein  score”.    To  calculate  a  single  protein  score, z‐scores for each biomarker of interest are calculated and weighted as described above.  The  weighted z‐scores for each biomarker are then added together to give the single protein score.  As  for the separate z‐scores for individual biomarkers, a non‐PH (e.g. non‐PAH) reference standard will  have an average single protein score of zero (0) with a standard deviation of one (1), and the scaled  amount (z‐score) of the single protein score for the corresponding biomarkers in a subject with PH  (e.g. PAH) is greater than zero.    The step of comparing the amount of a biomarker (particularly two or more biomarkers) of  the  invention with  the amount of  the  same biomarker  (particularly  two or more biomarkers)  in a  reference standard in a method of the invention may therefore comprise calculating a single protein  score that is a weighted combination score of the biomarker (particularly two or more biomarkers).    The step of comparing the amount of a two or more biomarkers of the invention with the  amount of the same two or more biomarkers in a reference standard in a method of the invention   
may  therefore  comprise  calculating  a  single  protein  score,  wherein  calculating  the  single  protein  score  comprises  calculating  z‐scores  for  the  two or more  biomarkers  relative  to  the  two  or more  biomarkers in the reference standard, weighting the z‐scores and adding the z‐scores for the two or  more biomarkers to arrive at the single protein score.    The present inventors have surprisingly demonstrated that a single protein score using two  or more of the biomarkers of the invention is capable of diagnosing PH (e.g. PAH), or determining a  prognosis  for  PH  (e.g.  PAH).    In  particular,  as  shown  in  the  Examples,  the  inventors  have  demonstrated that a score threshold of 0.57 (using the weighting coefficients of Table 1 and the full  panel of the six biomarkers of the invention) was good at separating high and low risk patients from  a  majority  subset  (64/79)  who  met  two  or  more  of  four  standard  clinical  measures  of  low  risk/treatment success (6MWD, WHO functional class, CI and BNP/NT‐proBNP thresholds associated  with good outcomes).    Accordingly,  the methods  of  the  invention may  be  used  to  diagnose  PH  (e.g.  PAH),  or  to  determine a prognosis of a subject being at high risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression if the single protein  score is greater than or equal to a threshold value.  Similarly, the methods of the invention may be  used  to  not  diagnose  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  (i.e.  to  exclude  PH/PAH  as  a  diagnosis),  or  to  determine  a  prognosis  of  a  subject  being  at  low  risk of  PH  (e.g.  PAH) progression  if  the  single protein  score  is  below the threshold value.    In particular, in a method of the invention, a single protein score greater than or equal to a  threshold value of greater than or equal to 1 (such as a threshold value of about 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.5, or  in the range of about 1.0 to about 1.5, about 1.0 to 1.25 or 1.0 to 1.1) may be used to diagnose PH  (e.g. PAH).  In a method of the invention, a single protein score below a threshold value of greater  than or equal to 1 (such as a threshold value of about 1.0, 1.1, 1.2, 1.5, or in the range of about 1.0  to  about  1.5,  about  1.0  to  1.25  or  1.0  to  1.1) may  be  used  to  not  diagnose  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  i.e.  to  exclude  PH/PAH  as  a  diagnosis.    Preferably,  a  single  protein  score  of  greater  than  or  equal  to  a  threshold value of about 1  is used to diagnose PH (e.g. PAH).   Preferably, a single protein score of  below a threshold value of about 1 is used to not diagnose PH (e.g. PAH), i.e. to exclude PH/PAH as a  diagnosis.    A  threshold  value  of  about  1  is  particularly  preferred  for  diagnosis  when  the  all  six  biomarkers  of  the  invention  are  quantified  in  a method  of  the  invention  and  used  to  calculate  a  single  protein  score.      These  threshold  values  are  typically  used  when  a  single  protein  score  is  calculated using the respective weighting coefficients for the biomarkers determined using the six‐ biomarker profile in the Examples.  In particular, in a method of the invention, a single protein score greater than or equal to a  threshold  value  in  the  range  of  about  0.4  to  about  0.7,  preferably  about  0.5  to  about  0.6, more   
preferably about 0.55 to about 0.6 may be used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) of the  subject being at high risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.  In a method of the invention, a single protein  score below a threshold value in the range of about 0.4 to about 0.7, preferably about 0.5 to about  0.6, more preferably about 0.55 to about 0.6 may be used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH)  of the subject being at  low risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.     Preferably, a single protein score of  greater than or equal to a threshold value of about 0.57 is used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g.  PAH) of the subject being at high risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.  Preferably, a single protein score  of below a threshold value of about 0.57 is used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) of the  subject being at low risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.  A threshold value of about 0.57 is particularly  preferred for determining a prognosis when the all six biomarkers of the invention are quantified in  a method of the invention and used to calculate a single protein score.  These threshold values are  typically used when a single protein score  is calculated using  the respective weighting coefficients  for the biomarkers determined using the six‐biomarker profile in the Examples.  Alternatively, in a method of the invention, a single protein score greater than or equal to a  threshold value in the range of about 1.2 to 2.0, preferably about 1.3 to about 1.8, more preferably  about 1.35  to  about 1.75 may be used  to determine a prognosis  for  PH  (e.g.  PAH) of  the  subject  being at high risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.  In a method of the invention, a single protein score  below a  threshold value  in the range of about 1.2  to 2.0, preferably about 1.3 to about 1.8, more  preferably about 1.35 to about 1.75 may be used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) of the  subject being at low risk of PH (e.g. PAH) progression.   Preferably, a single protein score of greater  than or equal to a threshold value of about 1.35 is used to determine a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) of  the  subject  being  at  high  risk  of  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  progression.    Preferably,  a  single  protein  score  of  below  a  threshold  value  of  about  1.35  is  used  to  determine  a  prognosis  for  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  of  the  subject  being  at  low  risk  of  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  progression.    These  threshold  values  are  typically  used  when  a  single  protein  score  is  calculated  using  the  respective  weighting  coefficients  for  the  biomarkers determined using the TSP2, renin or any of combination of two, three, four or five of the  six  biomarkers  of  the  invention  using  the  weighting  coefficients  for  TSP2,  renin  or  any  of  combination of two, three, four or five of the six biomarkers as set out in Table 1.   A  threshold  value  for  diagnostic  and/or  prognostic methods  of  the  invention may  be  set  based on a baseline value from a reference standard as described herein, particularly a non‐PH/non‐ PAH  reference  standard.    Alternatively,  the  threshold  value  may  be  relative  to  a  subject’s  own  baseline  score  (e.g.  as determined over  a  period of  time,  such as  three months,  six months,  nine  months, 12 months, 18 months or more).   Thus, an  increase  in  the single protein score of greater  than about 1 from a subject’s own base line may be used to diagnose PA/PAH, where an increase in   
in  the  single  protein  score  of  below  about  1  from  a  subject’s  own  base  line may  be  used  to  not  diagnose PA/PAH, i.e. to exclude PH/PAH as a diagnosis.  All the disclosure herein relating to quantification of biomarkers of the invention, reference  values, diagnosis, prognosis, etc. applies equally and without  reservation  to methods  in which  the  comparison step comprises calculating a single protein score.  The methods  of  the  present  invention may  use  samples  that  have  undergone minimal  or  zero processing before testing. The methods may use samples that have been manipulated,  in any  way,  after  procurement,  such  as  by  treatment  with  reagents,  solubilisation,  or  enrichment  for  certain components.    The  methods  of  the  invention  may  use  samples  that  have  undergone  minimal  or  zero  processing before testing. This provides a significant advantage over prior art methods  in terms of  time, cost and practicality. By way of example, a blood sample obtained from a test subject may be  tested directly using  the method of  the present  invention, without  further processing.  Serum and  plasma  samples  can  be  readily  obtained  from  blood  samples  using  simple  and  readily  available  techniques that are well known in the art, as described above.  A sample for use in a method of the invention may be a cell‐free sample.  In other words, the  sample of the invention may be processed to remove cells. The term “cell‐free samples” are samples  that  contain  substantially  no  cells.    The  term “substantially  no” when used  in  the  context of  cells  herein may mean  less  than 10,000, 5,000, 1,000, 100 or 10  cells/ml.    The  term “substantially no”  when used in the context of cells herein preferably means less than 1,000 cells/ml, more preferably  no cells.  In some embodiments, the term “substantially no” when used in the context of cells herein  may be expressed in absolute amounts.  For example, the term “substantially no” when used in the  context of cells herein may mean less than 10,000, 5,000, 1,000, 100 or 10 cells.  Preferably less than  1,000 cells, more preferably no cells.  The  sample  obtained  from a  subject may  be  any  suitable  biological material,  for  example  blood,  plasma,  saliva,  serum,  sputum,  urine,  cerebral  spinal  fluid,  cells,  a  cellular  extract,  a  tissue  sample, a tissue biopsy, a stool sample and the like.  The precise biological sample that is taken from  the subject may vary, but the sampling preferably  is minimally  invasive and  is easily performed by  conventional techniques.    Typically the sample is biofluid, preferably a blood sample (whole blood, serum or plasma).   The  term  blood  comprises  whole  blood,  blood  serum  (henceforth  “serum”)  and  blood  plasma  (henceforth “plasma”). Serum and plasma are derived  from blood and  thus may be considered as  specific  subtypes  within  the  broader  genus  “blood”.  Particularly  preferred  are  plasma  samples.  Processes for obtaining serum or plasma from blood are known in the art. For example, it is known   
in the art that blood can be subjected to centrifugation in order to separate red blood cells, white  blood  cells,  and  plasma.  Serum  is  defined  as  plasma  that  lacks  clotting  factors.  Serum  can  be  obtained by centrifugation of blood in which the clotting process has been triggered. Optionally, this  can  be  carried  out  in  specialised  centrifuge  tubes  designed  for  this  purpose.  Preferably  a  blood  sample is taken without the subject fasting beforehand.    A biological sample may be taken from the subject before the subject shows any symptoms  of PH (e.g. PAH), e.g. to establish a base line for said subject.  A biological sample may be taken from  the subject before the subject shows on or after the onset of symptoms of PH (e.g. PAH), e.g. for the  purpose  of  diagnosing  PH  (e.g.  PAH).    A  biological  sample  may  be  taking,  during,  and/or  after  treatment for PH (e.g. PAH), for example after a change in treatment.  In this way, the methods of  the invention can be used to assess a subject’s response to treatment, as described herein.  The amount of a biomarker of the invention may be quantified once, or multiple times (e.g.  at least twice, at least three times, at least four times, at least five times, at least six times, at least  seven times, at least eight times, at least nine times, at least ten times, or more). In other words, the  method  of  the  invention  may  be  conducted  once  or  multiple  times.    When  the  amount  of  a  biomarker in the subject is determined multiple times, typically a separate sample taken each time  the  amount  of  the  biomarker  is  quantified.    Typically  multiple  quantifications  are  used  for  monitoring or optimising therapy, as described herein.  A  sample  may  be  obtained  for  a  subject  before  treatment  initiation,  after  treatment  initiation; or separate samples may be taken before and after treatment initiation.  Although the invention does not require a monitoring period for diagnosis/prognosis, it will  be  understood  that  repeated  samples  may  be  taken  from  a  subject  may  be  taken  and  assessed  according  to  the  invention over time until  the  individual  is no  longer at risk.   A biomarker may be  quantified  in a  sample obtained  from  the  subject at one  time point and may be  compared  to  the  amount of the biomarker in one or more sample obtained from the same subject at different points  in time.    A method of the invention may be used as a standalone method, or in combination with any  other  diagnostic  or  prognostic  method,  tool  or  measure  for  PH  (e.g.  PAH).    Established  clinical  measures for the diagnosis and/or prognosis of PH (e.g. PAH) are known in the art, and non‐limiting  examples are described herein.  Accordingly, the method of the invention may further comprise: (a)  quantifying the amount of one or more additional biomarker for PAH, wherein preferably said one or  more  additional  biomarker  for  PAH  is    NT‐proBNP  in  the  sample;  (b)  measuring  the  PAP  of  the  subject;   (c) measuring the CI of the subject; and/or (d) determining the 6MWD of the subject.   As  described herein, the methods of the invention advantageously allow for additional stratification of   
risk of PH  (e.g. PAH) progression.      Thus, using  the methods of  the  invention  in  combination with  established  clinical  diagnostic/prognostic  measures  for  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  may  provide  improved  granularity of risk of progression, allowing subjects to be identified for monitoring and/or treatment  who may otherwise not be identified.  The method of the invention may further comprise recording the output of at least one step  on a data‐storage medium. By way of example, the methods of the present invention can generate  data relating to the subject, such data being recordable on a data‐storage medium (for example, a  form of computer memory such as a hard disk, compact disc, floppy disk, or solid‐state drive). Such  data can comprise (or consist of) data relating to the concentration in a sample (from said subject) of  any  of  the  biomarkers  (as  described  herein)  and/or  data  relating  to  a  protein  score  for  each  biomarker, or single protein score for two or more biomarkers, as described herein.  The invention also provides the use of two or more of SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and  PRDX4  as  biomarkers  for  PH  (e.g.  PAH).    All  embodiments  described  above  for  the  method  for  diagnosing or determining a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH) apply equally to the uses of the invention as  defined herein.  The invention also provides a data‐storage medium, comprising data obtained by a method  according to the present invention.  The  invention  also  provides  a  computer  program  and  a  computer  program  product  for  carrying  out  any  of  the  methods  and  uses  described  herein,  wherein  said  computer  program  or  computer  program  product  comprise  program  instructions  to  cause  a  processor  to  perform  a  method according to the invention or part of said method.  The invention also provides a computer  readable medium having  stored  thereon  said  program  for  carrying  out  any  of  the methods/  uses  described herein.   The invention also provides a signal embodying a computer program for carrying out any of  the methods  and  uses  described  herein,  a method  of  transmitting  such  a  signal,  and  a  computer  product having an operating system which supports a computer program for carrying out any of the  methods and uses described herein.  Features  implemented  in  hardware  may  generally  be  implemented  in  software,  and  vice  versa.  Any reference to software and hardware features herein should be construed accordingly.    Methods of Treatment and for Optimising Therapy  Any  of  the  aforementioned methods  may  further  include  treating  or  preventing  PH  (e.g.  PAH) in a subject, wherein said subject has or is at risk of having PH (e.g. PAH).   
For  example,  the  method  may  comprise  treating  or  preventing  one  or  more  symptoms  associated with PH (e.g. PAH).  The method of the invention may include, responsive to the amount of the biomarker(s) in a  sample obtained from a subject, administering to the individual a therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).   Accordingly,  the  invention provides a method for treating or preventing PH (e.g. PAH),  the  method comprising:  (a) obtaining  the  results of a method of diagnosis or determining a prognosis  according  to  the  invention;  (b)  administering  a  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  therapy  when  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  is  diagnosed; and (c) optionally administering a different therapy when PH (e.g. PAH) is not diagnosed.   In other words, the invention provides for a diagnostic or prognostic method, followed by selection  and  use  of  a  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  therapy  depending  on  the  outcome of  said  diagnosis/prognosis.    Said  method may comprise: (a) obtaining the results of a method of diagnosis or determining a prognosis  according to the invention; (b) making a determination to administer a PH (e.g. a PAH) therapy when  PH  (e.g.  PH)  is  diagnosed;  and  (c)  optionally  making  a  determination  to  administer  a  different  therapy when PH  (e.g. PAH)  is not diagnosed.    In other words, a method of  the  invention may be  comprise determining an appropriate therapy, but not comprise an therapeutic method.  As the biomarkers of the invention allow for determination of a prognosis for PH (e.g. PAH)  more rapidly than the established clinical measures, the invention also provides for the optimisation  of therapy for a subject undergoing treatment for PH (e.g. PAH).    Accordingly, any of the aforementioned methods may further  include a step of changing a  subject’s therapy if the amount of the biomarker(s) is increased relative to the reference standard;  or maintaining the subject’s therapy if the amount of the biomarker(s) is the same or lower relative  to the reference standard.  The invention therefore provides a method for optimising therapy for a subject undergoing  treatment for PAH, the method comprising: (a) quantifying  the amount of a biomarker (typically two  or  more  biomarkers)  of  the  invention  as  described  herein  present  in  a  sample  obtained  from  a  subject, wherein the biomarker(s) are selected from SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4; (b)  comparing the amount of the biomarker(s) with the amount of the same biomarker(s) in a reference  standard; and (c) (i) changing the therapy if the amount of the biomarker(s) is increased relative to  the reference standard; or (ii) maintaining the therapy if the amount of the biomarker(s) is the same  or  lower  relative  to  the  reference  standard.    The  invention also provides a method  for optimising  therapy  for  a  subject  undergoing  treatment  for  PAH,  the method  comprising:  (a)  quantifying  the  amount of two or more biomarkers present in a sample obtained from a subject, wherein the two or  more biomarkers are selected from SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4; (b) comparing the  amount of the two or more biomarkers with the amount of the same two or more biomarkers in a   
reference standard; and (c) (i) making a determination to change the therapy if the amount of the  two  or  more  biomarkers  is  increased  relative  to  the  reference  standard;  or  (ii)  making  a  determination to maintain the therapy if the amount of the two or more biomarkers is the same or  lower relative to the reference standard.  Any  disclosure  herein  relating  to  methods  of  optimising  therapy  comprising  changing  or  maintaining  a  therapy  as  appropriate  apply  equally  and  without  reservation  to  methods  of  optimising therapy according to the invention which comprise making a determination to change or  maintain a therapy.  Methods  of  optimising  therapy  may  be  carried  out  at  regular  intervals  during  ongoing  treatment  of  a  subject,  to  monitor  is  a  subject  becomes  resistant  to  a  particular  therapy.    For  example, such a method may be conducted at any clinically appropriate interval, for example at least  monthly, every two months, every three months, every six months, annually.  Methods of optimising  therapy may be carried out on an ad hoc basis, for example if a subject reports a new symptom, a  worsening of an existing symptom, and/or a deterioration in quality of life.  Methods of optimising  therapy may be conducted  if  there  is a change  (particularly a  statistically  significant  change)  in an  established clinical measure for PH (e.g. PAH), such as those measures described herein.   Methods of optimising therapy may also be carried out following a change in treatment, to  assess  the efficacy of  the new  treatment.    In  such  instances,  the method may be  carried out one  week, two weeks, three weeks, one month, two months, three months, four months, five months,  six month, nine months, 12 months, 18 months, 2 years or more following the change in treatment.  Any and all disclosure herein in relation to the comparing the amount of a biomarker with a  reference standard comprising calculating a protein score (typically a single protein score for two or  more biomarkers of the invention) applies equally and without reservation to methods of optimising  therapy according to the invention.    In particular, in a method of optimising therapy according to the invention, a single protein  score greater than or equal to a threshold value in the range of about 0.4 to about 0.7, preferably  about 0.5 to about 0.6, more preferably about 0.55 to about 0.6 may be used to justify changing a  subject’s  therapy  for PH  (e.g. PAH).    In  a method of  the  invention,  a  single protein  score below a  threshold  value  in  the  range  of  about  0.4  to  about  0.7,  preferably  about  0.5  to  about  0.6, more  preferably about 0.55 to about 0.6 may be used to justify maintaining a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g.  PAH).    Preferably, a single protein score of greater than or equal to a threshold value of about 0.57  is used to justify changing a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).  Preferably, a single protein score of  below a threshold value of about 0.57 is used to justify maintaining a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g.  PAH).   A  threshold  value of  about 0.57  is  particularly preferred  for optimising  a  subject’s  therapy   
when the all six biomarkers of the invention are quantified in a method of the invention and used to  calculate  a  single  protein  score.    These  threshold  values  are  typically  used when  a  single  protein  score is calculated using the respective weighting coefficients for the biomarkers determined using  the six‐biomarker profile in the Examples.  Alternatively, in a method of the invention, a single protein score greater than or equal to a  threshold value in the range of about 1.2 to 2.0, preferably about 1.3 to about 1.8, more preferably  about 1.35 to about 1.75 may be used to justify changing a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).  In a  method of the invention, a single protein score below a threshold value in the range of about 1.2 to  2.0, preferably about 1.3  to about 1.8, more preferably about 1.35  to about 1.75 may be used  to  justify maintaining a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).  Preferably, a single protein score of greater  than or equal to a threshold value of about 1.35 is used to justify changing a subject’s therapy for PH  (e.g. PAH).    Preferably,  a  single protein  score of below a  threshold  value of  about 1.35  is used  to  justify maintaining a subject’s therapy for PH (e.g. PAH).   These threshold values are typically used  when  a  single  protein  score  is  calculated  using  the  respective  weighting  coefficients  for  the  biomarkers determined using the TSP2, renin or any of combination of two, three, four or five of the  six  biomarkers  of  the  invention  using  the  weighting  coefficients  for  TSP2,  renin  or  any  of  combination of two, three, four or five of the six biomarkers as set out in Table 1.  The PH therapy (e.g. PAH therapy) to be administered is not particularly limited.  A clinician  would  be  able  to  select  an  appropriate  therapy,  and  determine  an  appropriate  dose  and  dosing  regime using  routine practice.    Examples of  licensed  therapies  that may be used according  to  the  invention are known  in  the art.   By way of non‐limiting example, a PH  therapy  (e.g. PAH  therapy)  may be selected from a TGFβ superfamily ligand trap, an endothelin receptor antagonist, particularly  a  selective  ETA  receptor  antagonist,  a  phosphodiesterase  type  5  (PDE5)  inhibitor,  a  prostanoid  analogue  or  agonist,  particularly  a  prostaglandin  I2  (PGI2)  analogue  or  agonist,  a  nitric  oxide  stimulator or activator, a tyrosine kinase inhibitor, or a combination thereof.  Preferred examples of  PH  (particularly  PAH)  therapy  include  sotatercept,  sildenafil,  ambrisentan,  iloprost,  macitentan,imatinib,  epoprostenol,  riociguat,  selexipag,  tadalafil  and  bosentan,  or  a  combination  thereof.   As demonstrated in the Examples herein, netrin‐4, TSP2 and endoglin are all causally linked  with PH, particularly PAH.  In particular, netrin‐4 activity is increased in PAH, and TSP2 and endoglin  activity is decreased in PAH.  Therefore, a therapy according to the invention may comprise an agent  which  inhibits  netrin‐4  activity;  an  agent  which  increases  TSP2  activity;  an  agent  which  increase  endoglin  activity;  or  a  combination  thereof.      The  invention  therefore  provides  a  pharmaceutical  composition comprising a PH therapy for use in the treatment of PH, wherein a patient to be treated  has been diagnosed or prognosed using a method of the invention.   
In certain embodiments, the method of treatment includes one therapy for PH (e.g. PAH). In  certain  embodiments,  the  method  of  treatment  includes  a  combination  of  two  or  more  such  therapies.  The term “disorder” as used herein also encompasses a “disease”.   The disorder may be a  disease.  The disorder treated in accordance with the invention is PH, particularly PAH.   The term “treat” or “treating” as used herein encompasses prophylactic  treatment (e.g.  to  prevent onset of a disorder) as well as corrective treatment (treatment of a subject already suffering  from a disorder).  Preferably “treat” or “treating” as used herein means corrective treatment.    The  term  “treat”  or  “treating”  as  used  herein  refers  to  the  disorder  and/or  a  symptom  thereof.  Therefore,  a  therapeutic  may  be  administered  to  a  subject  in  a  therapeutically  effective  amount or a prophylactically effective amount.   A  “therapeutically  effective  amount”  is  any  amount  of  a  therapeutic  formulation,  which  when administered alone or  in  combination  to a  subject  for  treating  said disorder  (or  a  symptom  thereof) is sufficient to effect such treatment of the disorder, or symptom thereof.    A “prophylactically effective amount” is any amount of a therapeutic formulation that, when  administered alone or in combination to a subject inhibits or delays the onset or reoccurrence of a  disorder  (or  a  symptom  thereof).    In  some  embodiments,  the  prophylactically  effective  amount  prevents  the  onset  or  reoccurrence  of  a  disorder  entirely.  “Inhibiting”  the  onset  means  either  lessening the likelihood of a disorder’s onset (or symptom thereof), or preventing the onset entirely.  Administration may be by any route known in the art and will typically be dependent on the  nature  of  the  therapeutic  to  be  administered.    For  example,  a  therapeutic  may  be  administered  orally or parenterally. Methods of parenteral delivery  include  topical,  intra‐arterial,  intramuscular,  subcutaneous,  intramedullary,  intrathecal,  intra‐ventricular,  intravenous,  intraperitoneal,  or  intranasal administration.  The present inventors have demonstrated for the first time that netrin‐4, TSP2 and endoglin  are  all  causally  linked with  PH.    Accordingly,  the present  invention provides  a method of  treating  and/or  preventing  PH  (particularly  PAH)  by  administering  a  therapeutically  effect  amount  of  an  agent  which  inhibits  netrin‐4  activity;  an  agent  which  increases  TSP2  activity;  an  agent  which  increase  endoglin  activity;  or  a  combination  thereof,  to  a  subject  in  need  thereof.    The  invention  further provides an agent which inhibits netrin‐4 activity; an agent which increases TSP2 activity; an  agent which  increase  endoglin  activity;  or  a  combination  thereof  for  use  in  a method  of  treating  and/or preventing PH, particularly PAH.   The  invention further provides the use of an agent which  inhibits netrin‐4 activity; an agent which  increases TSP2 activity; an agent which  increase endoglin    activity;  or  a  combination  thereof  in  the manufacture  of  a medicament  for  the  treatment  and/or  prevention of PH, particularly PAH.    All  embodiments  of  the  “method  for  diagnosing  or  determining  a  prognosis  for  PH  (e.g.  PAH)” as described herein apply equally and without reservation to the treatments and treatment  methods of the invention and to the methods for optimising therapy according to the invention.    Monitoring   Any  of  the  aforementioned  methods  may  be  used  to  monitor  the  health  of  a  subject  diagnosed  PH  (e.g.  PAH),  or  at  risk  of  PH  (e.g.  PAH)  due  to  one  or  more  disease  risk  factors  as  described herein.    In addition to monitoring patients with PH (e.g. PAH),  the  invention particularly  relates to monitoring subjects who are related to individuals who have been diagnosed with PH (e.g.  PAH).   The methods described herein may thus further comprise repeating the ‘quantification’ and  ‘comparison’  steps  of  the method  after  a  selected  time  interval  and  the  amount  of  a  biomarker  quantified after said time  interval  is compared to the amount quantified for each biomarker at an  earlier  time  point,  to  determine  whether  the  health  of  the  subject  has  improved,  worsened,  or  remained stable.   The monitoring methods of the present invention may (a) provide an indication as to disease  severity,  (b)  aid  determination  as  to  the  correct  course  of  treatment,  (c)  permit  evaluation  of  response to treatment, (d) permit determination as to whether to continue or cease treatment, (e)  provide a means of disease staging or (f) permit determination as to clinical outcome.  Monitoring may take place for any clinically appropriate period of time, for example at least  six months, at least nine months, at least 12 months, at least 18 months, at least 2 years, at least 5  years, or more.   Given the chronic nature of PH (e.g. PAH), monitoring may take place indefinitely,  and/or for the life of the subject.    Monitoring  may  be  conducted  at  any  clinically  appropriate  interval,  for  example  at  least  monthly, every  two months, every  three months, every six months, annually.   Monitoring may be  carried out on an ad hoc basis, for example if a subject reports a new symptom, a worsening of an  existing symptom, and/or a deterioration  in quality of  life.   Monitoring according  to  the  invention  may be conducted if there is a change (particularly a statistically significant change) in an established  clinical measure  for  PH  (e.g.  PAH),  such as  those measures described herein.   Monitoring may be  conducted following a change in treatment, to assess the efficacy of the new treatment.  In this way,  the methods of the  invention can be used to optimise therapy for a subject undergoing treatment  for PH (e.g. PAH), as described herein.   
  Kits and Devices  The  present  invention  also  provides  kits  and  devices  that  are  useful  for  carrying  out  the  methods of the invention, in particular for carrying out the diagnostic and prognostic methods of the  invention,  the  treatment  methods  of  the  invention,  the  methods  for  optimising  therapy  of  the  invention, and the monitoring methods of the invention.   The kits and devices of the invention comprise reagents for quantification of a biomarker of  the invention, or any combination thereof as described herein.   A kit or device of the invention may comprise reagents for quantification of any combination  of two or more (e.g. three or more, four or more, five or more, or all six) biomarkers selected from:  NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, renin, SVEP1 and/or TSP2.   Preferably, the kit or device comprises reagents for  the quantification of NRP1, PRDX4, PXDN, renin, SVEP1 and TSP2.  As  described  above,  different  biomarkers  may  be  quantified  using  different  detection  methods according to the present invention.  For example one or more biomarker of the invention  may  be  quantified  using  an  aptamer‐based  assay  (e.g.  using  one  or  more  SOMAer,  such  as  a  SomaScan‐V4), and a different one or more biomarker of the invention may be quantified using an  antibody‐based  assay  (e.g.  an  ELISA).  Accordingly,  the  reagents  for  quantification  of  two  or more  biomarkers  in a kit or device of  the  invention may comprise:  (a) one or more aptamer specific  for  each of the two or more biomarkers;  (b) one or more antibody specific for each of the two or more  biomarkers; or (c) one or more antibody for at least one of the two or more biomarkers, and one or  more aptamer specific for the two or more biomarkers for which an antibody is not provided.     By  way  of  non‐limiting  example,  a  kit  or  device  may  comprise  one  or  more  aptamer  (e.g.  SOMAer)  specific  for  any  two,  three,  four  or  five  of NRP1,  PXDN,  renin,  SVEP1  and  TSP2,  and one or more  antibody specific for PRDX4.  The  reagents  for  quantification  of  biomarkers may  be  for  quantifying  the  biomarkers  in  a  body fluid sample obtained from a subject. Preferably, the reagents for quantifying biomarkers are  for quantifying the biomarkers in a blood sample (e.g. whole blood, plasma or serum) from subject.  As used herein,  the “reagents  for quantification of biomarkers” may comprise any reagent  that  allows  the  amount  of  the  biomarkers  described  herein  to  be  determined.    Preferably,  the  reagents  are  for  quantification  of  the  biomarker(s)  by  an  aptamer‐based  assay  or  by  ELISA,  particularly  preferably  for quantification of  the biomarker(s)  using  SOMAers  and/or  in  a multiplex  aptamer‐based assay.    The kit or device may further comprise standards for use in quantifying the biomarker(s), for  example by an aptamer‐based assay or by ELISA.   
The  kits  and  devices  of  the  invention may  further  comprise  a  reference  standard  for  the  biomarker(s) or means  for establishing a  reference standard. The reference standard  is as defined  herein  for  the methods  of  the  invention.  The  reference  standard may  represent  a  population  of  individuals  known  to  have  PH  (e.g.  PAH),  as  defined  herein  for  the  methods  of  the  invention.  Alternatively,  or  in  addition,  the  reference  standard  may  represent  a  population  of  healthy  individuals, as defined herein for the methods of the invention. The kits and devices of the invention  may comprise one or any combination of the described reference standards.  For example, the kit or  device may comprise a reference standard representing a population of  individuals known to have  PH  (e.g.  PAH),  as  defined  herein  for  the  methods  of  the  invention  and  a  reference  standard  representing a population of healthy individuals, as defined herein for the methods of the invention,  or means for establishing these reference standards.  The  kits  and  devices  of  the  invention  may  further  comprise  a  known  quantity  or  concentration  of  the  biomarker(s)  described  herein  for  use  as  a  standard.  By way  of  non‐limiting  example, when  the kit or device comprises a  reagent  for quantification of NRP1,  the kit or device  may  further  comprise  a  known quantity of NRP1; when  the  kit  or device  comprises  a  reagent  for  quantification of PRDX4, the kit or device may further comprise a known quantity of PRDX4; when  the  kit  or  device  comprises  a  reagent  for  quantification  of  PXDN,  the  kit  or  device  may  further  comprise a known quantity of PXDN; when the kit or device comprises a reagent for quantification of  renin,  the  kit  or  device may  further  comprise  a  known  quantity  of  renin;  when  the  kit  or  device  comprises  a  reagent  for  quantification  of  SVEP1,  the  kit  or  device may  further  comprise  a  known  quantity of SVEP1; and/or when the kit or device comprises a reagent for quantification of TSP2, the  kit or device may further comprise a known quantity of TSP2.  The kit of the invention may further comprise instructions for carrying out the methods and  uses of the invention as described herein.  Generally, the reagents of the kit or biomarker will bind, with at least some specificity, to the  biomarker(s) contained in the sample being tested. Examples of classes of compounds of the kit or  device include, but are not to, aptamers, antibodies and fragments thereof, peptides, polypeptides,  proteoglycans, glycoproteins, lipoproteins, carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, organic and inorganic  chemicals,  and  natural  and  synthetic  polymers.    The  reagents  may  be  part  of  an  array,  or  the  reagents may be packaged separately and/or individually.  The reagents may be immobilised on an  inert support, or may be used to immobilise the biomarker(s) on an inert support during use.  The  kit  or  device may  also  comprise  at  least  one  internal  standard.  Likewise,  the  internal  standards can be any of the classes of compounds described above.   
The kits and devices of the present invention also may contain reagents that can be used to  detectably label biomarker(s) contained in a sample to be tested.  The kits  and devices of  the present  invention may also  include pharmaceutical  excipients,  diluents  and/or  adjuvants  when  the  biomarker  is  to  be  used  to  raise  an  antibody.  Examples  of  pharmaceutical adjuvants include, but are not limited to, preservatives, wetting agents, emulsifying  agents,  and dispersing agents. Prevention of  the action of microorganisms  can be ensured by  the  inclusion of various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, paraben, chlorobutanol, phenol  sorbic acid, and the like. It may also be desirable to include isotonic agents such as sugars, sodium  chloride, and the like.    SEQUENCE HOMOLOGY  Any of a variety of sequence alignment methods can be used to determine percent identity,  including,  without  limitation,  global  methods,  local  methods  and  hybrid  methods,  such  as,  e.g.,  segment approach methods. Protocols to determine percent identity are routine procedures within  the scope of one skilled in the art. Global methods align sequences from the beginning to the end of  the molecule and determine the best alignment by adding up scores of individual residue pairs and  by  imposing  gap  penalties.  Non‐limiting  methods  include,  e.g.,  CLUSTAL  W,  see,  e.g.,  Julie  D.  Thompson et al., CLUSTAL W: Improving the Sensitivity of Progressive Multiple Sequence Alignment  Through  Sequence Weighting,  Position‐  Specific  Gap  Penalties  and Weight  Matrix  Choice,  22(22)  Nucleic  Acids  Research  4673‐4680  (1994);  and  iterative  refinement,  see,  e.g.,  Osamu  Gotoh,  Significant  Improvement  in  Accuracy  of  Multiple  Protein.  Sequence  Alignments  by  Iterative  Refinement as Assessed by Reference to Structural Alignments, 264(4) J. MoI. Biol. 823‐838 (1996).  Local methods  align  sequences  by  identifying  one  or more  conserved motifs  shared  by  all  of  the  input sequences. Non‐limiting methods include, e.g., Match‐box, see, e.g., Eric Depiereux and Ernest  Feytmans, Match‐Box: A Fundamentally New Algorithm for  the Simultaneous Alignment of Several  Protein  Sequences,  8(5)  CABIOS  501  ‐509  (1992);  Gibbs  sampling,  see,  e.g.,  C.  E.  Lawrence  et  al.,  Detecting  Subtle  Sequence  Signals:  A Gibbs  Sampling  Strategy  for Multiple  Alignment,  262(5131  )  Science  208‐214  (1993);  Align‐M,  see,  e.g.,  Ivo  Van WaIIe  et  al.,  Align‐M  ‐  A  New  Algorithm  for  Multiple Alignment of Highly Divergent Sequences, 20(9) Bioinformatics:1428‐1435 (2004).  Thus, percent sequence identity is determined by conventional methods.  See, for example,  Altschul et al., Bull. Math. Bio. 48: 603‐16, 1986 and Henikoff and Henikoff, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA  89:10915‐19, 1992.  Briefly, two amino acid sequences are aligned to optimize the alignment scores  using a gap opening penalty of 10, a gap extension penalty of 1, and the "blosum 62" scoring matrix   
of  Henikoff  and Henikoff  (ibid.)  as  shown  below  (amino  acids  are  indicated  by  the  standard  one‐ letter codes).  The "percent sequence identity" between two or more nucleic acid or amino acid sequences  is a function of the number of identical positions shared by the sequences. Thus, % identity may be  calculated  as  the  number  of  identical  nucleotides  /  amino  acids  divided  by  the  total  number  of  nucleotides / amino acids, multiplied by 100. Calculations of % sequence identity may also take into  account  the number of gaps, and  the  length of each gap  that needs  to be  introduced  to optimize  alignment  of  two  or  more  sequences.  Sequence  comparisons  and  the  determination  of  percent  identity between two or more sequences can be carried out using specific mathematical algorithms,  such as BLAST, which will be familiar to a skilled person.    ALIGNMENT SCORES FOR DETERMINING SEQUENCE IDENTITY       A  R  N  D  C  Q  E  G  H  I  L  K  M  F  P  S  T  W  Y  V  A  4  R ‐1  5  N ‐2  0  6  D ‐2 ‐2  1  6  C  0 ‐3 ‐3 ‐3  9  Q ‐1  1  0  0 ‐3  5  E ‐1  0  0  2 ‐4  2  5  G  0 ‐2  0 ‐1 ‐3 ‐2 ‐2  6  H ‐2  0  1 ‐1 ‐3  0  0 ‐2  8  I ‐1 ‐3 ‐3 ‐3 ‐1 ‐3 ‐3 ‐4 ‐3  4  L ‐1 ‐2 ‐3 ‐4 ‐1 ‐2 ‐3 ‐4 ‐3  2  4  K ‐1  2  0 ‐1 ‐3  1  1 ‐2 ‐1 ‐3 ‐2  5  M ‐1 ‐1 ‐2 ‐3 ‐1  0 ‐2 ‐3 ‐2  1  2 ‐1  5  F ‐2 ‐3 ‐3 ‐3 ‐2 ‐3 ‐3 ‐3 ‐1  0  0 ‐3  0  6  P ‐1 ‐2 ‐2 ‐1 ‐3 ‐1 ‐1 ‐2 ‐2 ‐3 ‐3 ‐1 ‐2 ‐4  7  S  1 ‐1  1  0 ‐1  0  0  0 ‐1 ‐2 ‐2  0 ‐1 ‐2 ‐1  4  T  0 ‐1  0 ‐1 ‐1 ‐1 ‐1 ‐2 ‐2 ‐1 ‐1 ‐1 ‐1 ‐2 ‐1  1  5  W ‐3 ‐3 ‐4 ‐4 ‐2 ‐2 ‐3 ‐2 ‐2 ‐3 ‐2 ‐3 ‐1  1 ‐4 ‐3 ‐2 11  Y ‐2 ‐2 ‐2 ‐3 ‐2 ‐1 ‐2 ‐3  2 ‐1 ‐1 ‐2 ‐1  3 ‐3 ‐2 ‐2  2  7  V  0 ‐3 ‐3 ‐3 ‐1 ‐2 ‐2 ‐3 ‐3  3  1 ‐2  1 ‐1 ‐2 ‐2  0 ‐3 ‐1  4     
  The percent identity is then calculated as:          Total number of identical matches     __________________________________________ x 100   [length of the longer sequence plus the    number of gaps introduced into the longer   sequence in order to align the two sequences]    Substantially homologous polypeptides are characterized as having one or more amino acid  substitutions,  deletions  or  additions.    These  changes  are  preferably  of  a  minor  nature,  that  is  conservative  amino  acid  substitutions  (as  described  herein)  and  other  substitutions  that  do  not  significantly affect the folding or activity of the polypeptide; small deletions, typically of one to about  30  amino  acids;  and  small  amino‐  or  carboxyl‐terminal  extensions,  such  as  an  amino‐terminal  methionine residue, a small linker peptide of up to about 20‐25 residues, or an affinity tag.    In  addition  to  the  20  standard  amino  acids,  non‐standard  amino  acids  (such  as  4‐ hydroxyproline, 6‐N‐methyl  lysine, 2‐aminoisobutyric  acid,  isovaline and α  ‐methyl  serine) may be  substituted for amino acid residues of the polypeptides of the present invention.  A limited number  of  non‐conservative  amino  acids,  amino  acids  that  are  not  encoded  by  the  genetic  code,  and  unnatural amino acids may be substituted for polypeptide amino acid residues. The polypeptides of  the present invention can also comprise non‐naturally occurring amino acid residues.    Non‐naturally occurring amino acids include, without limitation, trans‐3‐methylproline, 2,4‐ methano‐proline,  cis‐4‐hydroxyproline,  trans‐4‐hydroxy‐proline,  N‐methylglycine,  allo‐threonine,  methyl‐threonine,  hydroxy‐ethylcysteine,  hydroxyethylhomo‐cysteine,  nitro‐glutamine,  homoglutamine, pipecolic acid,  tert‐leucine, norvaline, 2‐azaphenylalanine, 3‐azaphenyl‐alanine, 4‐ azaphenyl‐alanine,  and  4‐fluorophenylalanine.    Several  methods  are  known  in  the  art  for  incorporating  non‐naturally  occurring  amino  acid  residues  into  proteins.    For  example,  an  in  vitro  system  can  be  employed  wherein  nonsense  mutations  are  suppressed  using  chemically  aminoacylated suppressor  tRNAs.   Methods  for synthesizing amino acids and aminoacylating  tRNA  are  known  in  the  art.  Transcription  and  translation  of  plasmids  containing  nonsense mutations  is  carried  out  in  a  cell  free  system  comprising  an  E.  coli  S30  extract  and  commercially  available  enzymes and other reagents.  Proteins are purified by chromatography.  See, for example, Robertson  et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc. 113:2722, 1991; Ellman et al., Methods Enzymol. 202:301, 1991; Chung et  al.,  Science 259:806‐9, 1993;  and Chung et  al.,  Proc. Natl. Acad.  Sci. USA 90:10145‐9, 1993).    In  a  second method,  translation  is carried out  in Xenopus oocytes by microinjection of mutated mRNA   
and chemically aminoacylated suppressor tRNAs (Turcatti et al.,  J. Biol. Chem. 271:19991‐8, 1996).   Within a third method, E. coli cells are cultured in the absence of a natural amino acid that is to be  replaced  (e.g.,  phenylalanine)  and  in  the  presence  of  the  desired  non‐naturally  occurring  amino  acid(s) (e.g., 2‐azaphenylalanine, 3‐azaphenylalanine, 4‐azaphenylalanine, or 4‐fluorophenylalanine).   The non‐naturally occurring amino acid  is  incorporated  into  the polypeptide  in place of  its natural  counterpart.   See, Koide et al., Biochem. 33:7470‐6, 1994.  Naturally occurring amino acid residues  can  be  converted  to  non‐naturally  occurring  species  by  in  vitro  chemical modification.    Chemical  modification  can  be  combined  with  site‐directed  mutagenesis  to  further  expand  the  range  of  substitutions (Wynn and Richards, Protein Sci. 2:395‐403, 1993).  A limited number of non‐conservative amino acids, amino acids that are not encoded by the  genetic code, non‐naturally occurring amino acids, and unnatural amino acids may be substituted for  amino acid residues of polypeptides of the present invention.  Essential  amino  acids  in  the  polypeptides  of  the  present  invention  can  be  identified  according  to  procedures  known  in  the  art,  such  as  site‐directed mutagenesis  or  alanine‐scanning  mutagenesis (Cunningham and Wells, Science 244: 1081‐5, 1989).  Sites of biological interaction can  also be determined by physical analysis of structure, as determined by such techniques as nuclear  magnetic  resonance,  crystallography,  electron  diffraction  or  photoaffinity  labeling,  in  conjunction  with mutation of putative contact site amino acids.  See, for example, de Vos et al., Science 255:306‐ 12, 1992; Smith et al., J. Mol. Biol. 224:899‐904, 1992; Wlodaver et al., FEBS Lett. 309:59‐64, 1992.   The identities of essential amino acids can also be inferred from analysis of homologies with related  components  (e.g.  the  translocation  or  protease  components)  of  the  polypeptides  of  the  present  invention.  Multiple  amino  acid  substitutions  can  be  made  and  tested  using  known  methods  of  mutagenesis and screening, such as those disclosed by Reidhaar‐Olson and Sauer (Science 241:53‐7,  1988)  or  Bowie  and  Sauer  (Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA  86:2152‐6,  1989).    Briefly,  these  authors  disclose methods for simultaneously randomizing two or more positions in a polypeptide, selecting  for  functional  polypeptide,  and  then  sequencing  the mutagenized  polypeptides  to  determine  the  spectrum of allowable substitutions at each position.  Other methods that can be used include phage  display  (e.g.,  Lowman et  al., Biochem. 30:10832‐7, 1991;  Ladner et  al., U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409;  Huse, WIPO  Publication WO  92/06204)  and  region‐directed mutagenesis  (Derbyshire  et  al.,  Gene  46:145, 1986; Ner et al., DNA 7:127, 1988).  Multiple  amino  acid  substitutions  can  be  made  and  tested  using  known  methods  of  mutagenesis and screening, such as those disclosed by Reidhaar‐Olson and Sauer (Science 241:53‐7,  1988)  or  Bowie  and  Sauer  (Proc.  Natl.  Acad.  Sci.  USA  86:2152‐6,  1989).    Briefly,  these  authors    disclose methods for simultaneously randomizing two or more positions in a polypeptide, selecting  for  functional  polypeptide,  and  then  sequencing  the mutagenized  polypeptides  to  determine  the  spectrum of allowable substitutions at each position.  Other methods that can be used include phage  display  (e.g.,  Lowman et  al., Biochem. 30:10832‐7, 1991;  Ladner et  al., U.S. Patent No. 5,223,409;  Huse, WIPO  Publication WO  92/06204)  and  region‐directed mutagenesis  (Derbyshire  et  al.,  Gene  46:145, 1986; Ner et al., DNA 7:127, 1988).    SEQUENCE INFORMATION:    SEQ ID NO: 1 – NRP1 amino acid sequence (UniProt Accession No. O14786)  MERGLPLLCAVLALVLAPAGAFRNDKCGDTIKIESPGYLTSPGYPHSYHPSEKCEWLIQAPDPYQRIMINFNPHF DLEDRDCKYDYVEVFDGENENGHFRGKFCGKIAPPPVVSSGPFLFIKFVSDYETHGAGFSIRYEIFKRGPECSQN YTTPSGVIKSPGFPEKYPNSLECTYIVFVPKMSEIILEFESFDLEPDSNPPGGMFCRYDRLEIWDGFPDVGPHIG RYCGQKTPGRIRSSSGILSMVFYTDSAIAKEGFSANYSVLQSSVSEDFKCMEALGMESGEIHSDQITASSQYSTN WSAERSRLNYPENGWTPGEDSYREWIQVDLGLLRFVTAVGTQGAISKETKKKYYVKTYKIDVSSNGEDWITIKEG NKPVLFQGNTNPTDVVVAVFPKPLITRFVRIKPATWETGISMRFEVYGCKITDYPCSGMLGMVSGLISDSQITSS NQGDRNWMPENIRLVTSRSGWALPPAPHSYINEWLQIDLGEEKIVRGIIIQGGKHRENKVFMRKFKIGYSNNGSD WKMIMDDSKRKAKSFEGNNNYDTPELRTFPALSTRFIRIYPERATHGGLGLRMELLGCEVEAPTAGPTTPNGNLV DECDDDQANCHSGTGDDFQLTGGTTVLATEKPTVIDSTIQSEFPTYGFNCEFGWGSHKTFCHWEHDNHVQLKWSV LTSKTGPIQDHTGDGNFIYSQADENQKGKVARLVSPVVYSQNSAHCMTFWYHMSGSHVGTLRVKLRYQKPEEYDQ LVWMAIGHQGDHWKEGRVLLHKSLKLYQVIFEGEIGKGNLGGIAVDDISINNHISQEDCAKPADLDKKNPEIKID ETGSTPGYEGEGEGDKNISRKPGNVLKTLDPILITIIAMSALGVLLGAVCGVVLYCACWHNGMSERNLSALENYN FELVDGVKLKKDKLNTQSTYSEA   SEQ ID NO: 2 – PRDX4 amino acid sequence (UniProt Accession No. Q13162)  MEALPLLAATTPDHGRHRRLLLLPLLLFLLPAGAVQGWETEERPRTREEECHFYAGGQVYPGEASRVSVADHSLH LSKAKISKPAPYWEGTAVIDGEFKELKLTDYRGKYLVFFFYPLDFTFVCPTEIIAFGDRLEEFRSINTEVVACSV DSQFTHLAWINTPRRQGGLGPIRIPLLSDLTHQISKDYGVYLEDSGHTLRGLFIIDDKGILRQITLNDLPVGRSV DETLRLVQAFQYTDKHGEVCPAGWKPGSETIIPDPAGKLKYFDKLN   SEQ ID NO: 3 – PXDN amino acid sequence (UniProt Accession No. Q92626)  MAKRSRGPGRRCLLALVLFCAWGTLAVVAQKPGAGCPSRCLCFRTTVRCMHLLLEAVPAVAPQTSILDLRFNRIR EIQPGAFRRLRNLNTLLLNNNQIKRIPSGAFEDLENLKYLYLYKNEIQSIDRQAFKGLASLEQLYLHFNQIETLD PDSFQHLPKLERLFLHNNRITHLVPGTFNHLESMKRLRLDSNTLHCDCEILWLADLLKTYAESGNAQAAAICEYP RRIQGRSVATITPEELNCERPRITSEPQDADVTSGNTVYFTCRAEGNPKPEIIWLRNNNELSMKTDSRLNLLDDG TLMIQNTQETDQGIYQCMAKNVAGEVKTQEVTLRYFGSPARPTFVIQPQNTEVLVGESVTLECSATGHPPPRISW TRGDRTPLPVDPRVNITPSGGLYIQNVVQGDSGEYACSATNNIDSVHATAFIIVQALPQFTVTPQDRVVIEGQTV  
DFQCEAKGNPPPVIAWTKGGSQLSVDRRHLVLSSGTLRISGVALHDQGQYECQAVNIIGSQKVVAHLTVQPRVTP VFASIPSDTTVEVGANVQLPCSSQGEPEPAITWNKDGVQVTESGKFHISPEGFLTINDVGPADAGRYECVARNTI GSASVSMVLSVNVPDVSRNGDPFVATSIVEAIATVDRAINSTRTHLFDSRPRSPNDLLALFRYPRDPYTVEQARA GEIFERTLQLIQEHVQHGLMVDLNGTSYHYNDLVSPQYLNLIANLSGCTAHRRVNNCSDMCFHQKYRTHDGTCNN LQHPMWGASLTAFERLLKSVYENGFNTPRGINPHRLYNGHALPMPRLVSTTLIGTETVTPDEQFTHMLMQWGQFL DHDLDSTVVALSQARFSDGQHCSNVCSNDPPCFSVMIPPNDSRARSGARCMFFVRSSPVCGSGMTSLLMNSVYPR EQINQLTSYIDASNVYGSTEHEARSIRDLASHRGLLRQGIVQRSGKPLLPFATGPPTECMRDENESPIPCFLAGD HRANEQLGLTSMHTLWFREHNRIATELLKLNPHWDGDTIYYETRKIVGAEIQHITYQHWLPKILGEVGMRTLGEY HGYDPGINAGIFNAFATAAFRFGHTLVNPLLYRLDENFQPIAQDHLPLHKAFFSPFRIVNEGGIDPLLRGLFGVA GKMRVPSQLLNTELTERLFSMAHTVALDLAAINIQRGRDHGIPPYHDYRVYCNLSAAHTFEDLKNEIKNPEIREK LKRLYGSTLNIDLFPALVVEDLVPGSRLGPTLMCLLSTQFKRLRDGDRLWYENPGVFSPAQLTQIKQTSLARILC DNADNITRVQSDVFRVAEFPHGYGSCDEIPRVDLRVWQDCCEDCRTRGQFNAFSYHFRGRRSLEFSYQEDKPTKK TRPRKIPSVGRQGEHLSNSTSAFSTRSDASGTNDFREFVLEMQKTITDLRTQIKKLESRLSTTECVDAGGESHAN NTKWKKDACTICECKDGQVTCFVEACPPATCAVPVNIPGACCPVCLQKRAEEKP   SEQ ID NO: 4 – SVEP1 amino acid sequence (UniProt Accession No. Q4LDE5)  MWPRLAFCCWGLALVSGWATFQQMSPSRNFSFRLFPETAPGAPGSIPAPPAPGDEAAGSRVERLGQAFRRRVRLL RELSERLELVFLVDDSSSVGEVNFRSELMFVRKLLSDFPVVPTATRVAIVTFSSKNYVVPRVDYISTRRARQHKC ALLLQEIPAISYRGGGTYTKGAFQQAAQILLHARENSTKVVFLITDGYSNGGDPRPIAASLRDSGVEIFTFGIWQ GNIRELNDMASTPKEEHCYLLHSFEEFEALARRALHEDLPSGSFIQDDMVHCSYLCDEGKDCCDRMGSCKCGTHT GHFECICEKGYYGKGLQYECTACPSGTYKPEGSPGGISSCIPCPDENHTSPPGSTSPEDCVCREGYRASGQTCEL VHCPALKPPENGYFIQNTCNNHFNAACGVRCHPGFDLVGSSIILCLPNGLWSGSESYCRVRTCPHLRQPKHGHIS CSTREMLYKTTCLVACDEGYRLEGSDKLTCQGNSQWDGPEPRCVERHCSTFQMPKDVIISPHNCGKQPAKFGTIC YVSCRQGFILSGVKEMLRCTTSGKWNVGVQAAVCKDVEAPQINCPKDIEAKTLEQQDSANVTWQIPTAKDNSGEK VSVHVHPAFTPPYLFPIGDVAIVYTATDLSGNQASCIFHIKVIDAEPPVIDWCRSPPPVQVSEKVHAASWDEPQF SDNSGAELVITRSHTQGDLFPQGETIVQYTATDPSGNNRTCDIHIVIKGSPCEIPFTPVNGDFICTPDNTGVNCT LTCLEGYDFTEGSTDKYYCAYEDGVWKPTYTTEWPDCAKKRFANHGFKSFEMFYKAARCDDTDLMKKFSEAFETT LGKMVPSFCSDAEDIDCRLEENLTKKYCLEYNYDYENGFAIGPGGWGAANRLDYSYDDFLDTVQETATSIGNAKS SRIKRSAPLSDYKIKLIFNITASVPLPDERNDTLEWENQQRLLQTLETITNKLKRTLNKDPMYSFQLASEILIAD SNSLETKKASPFCRPGSVLRGRMCVNCPLGTYYNLEHFTCESCRIGSYQDEEGQLECKLCPSGMYTEYIHSRNIS DCKAQCKQGTYSYSGLETCESCPLGTYQPKFGSRSCLSCPENTSTVKRGAVNISACGVPCPEGKFSRSGLMPCHP CPRDYYQPNAGKAFCLACPFYGTTPFAGSRSITECSSFSSTFSAAEESVVPPASLGHIKKRHEISSQVFHECFFN PCHNSGTCQQLGRGYVCLCPLGYTGLKCETDIDECSPLPCLNNGVCKDLVGEFICECPSGYTGQRCEENINECSS SPCLNKGICVDGVAGYRCTCVKGFVGLHCETEVNECQSNPCLNNAVCEDQVGGFLCKCPPGFLGTRCGKNVDECL SQPCKNGATCKDGANSFRCLCAAGFTGSHCELNINECQSNPCRNQATCVDELNSYSCKCQPGFSGKRCETEQSTG FNLDFEVSGIYGYVMLDGMLPSLHALTCTFWMKSSDDMNYGTPISYAVDNGSDNTLLLTDYNGWVLYVNGREKIT NCPSVNDGRWHHIAITWTSANGIWKVYIDGKLSDGGAGLSVGLPIPGGGALVLGQEQDKKGEGFSPAESFVGSIS QLNLWDYVLSPQQVKSLATSCPEELSKGNVLAWPDFLSGIVGKVKIDSKSIFCSDCPRLGGSVPHLRTASEDLKP GSKVNLFCDPGFQLVGNPVQYCLNQGQWTQPLPHCERISCGVPPPLENGFHSADDFYAGSTVTYQCNNGYYLLGD SRMFCTDNGSWNGVSPSCLDVDECAVGSDCSEHASCLNVDGSYICSCVPPYTGDGKNCAEPIKCKAPGNPENGHS  
SGEIYTVGAEVTFSCQEGYQLMGVTKITCLESGEWNHLIPYCKAVSCGKPAIPENGCIEELAFTFGSKVTYRCNK GYTLAGDKESSCLANSSWSHSPPVCEPVKCSSPENINNGKYILSGLTYLSTASYSCDTGYSLQGPSIIECTASGI WDRAPPACHLVFCGEPPAIKDAVITGNNFTFRNTVTYTCKEGYTLAGLDTIECLADGKWSRSDQQCLAVSCDEPP IVDHASPETAHRLFGDIAFYYCSDGYSLADNSQLLCNAQGKWVPPEGQDMPRCIAHFCEKPPSVSYSILESVSKA KFAAGSVVSFKCMEGFVLNTSAKIECMRGGQWNPSPMSIQCIPVRCGEPPSIMNGYASGSNYSFGAMVAYSCNKG FYIKGEKKSTCEATGQWSSPIPTCHPVSCGEPPKVENGFLEHTTGRIFESEVRYQCNPGYKSVGSPVFVCQANRH WHSESPLMCVPLDCGKPPPIQNGFMKGENFEVGSKVQFFCNEGYELVGDSSWTCQKSGKWNKKSNPKCMPAKCPE PPLLENQLVLKELTTEVGVVTFSCKEGHVLQGPSVLKCLPSQQWNDSFPVCKIVLCTPPPLISFGVPIPSSALHF GSTVKYSCVGGFFLRGNSTTLCQPDGTWSSPLPECVPVECPQPEEIPNGIIDVQGLAYLSTALYTCKPGFELVGN TTTLCGENGHWLGGKPTCKAIECLKPKEILNGKFSYTDLHYGQTVTYSCNRGFRLEGPSALTCLETGDWDVDAPS CNAIHCDSPQPIENGFVEGADYSYGAIIIYSCFPGFQVAGHAMQTCEESGWSSSIPTCMPIDCGLPPHIDFGDCT KLKDDQGYFEQEDDMMEVPYVTPHPPYHLGAVAKTWENTKESPATHSSNFLYGTMVSYTCNPGYELLGNPVLICQ EDGTWNGSAPSCISIECDLPTAPENGFLRFTETSMGSAVQYSCKPGHILAGSDLRLCLENRKWSGASPRCEAISC KKPNPVMNGSIKGSNYTYLSTLYYECDPGYVLNGTERRTCQDDKNWDEDEPICIPVDCSSPPVSANGQVRGDEYT FQKEIEYTCNEGFLLEGARSRVCLANGSWSGATPDCVPVRCATPPQLANGVTEGLDYGFMKEVTFHCHEGYILHG APKLTCQSDGNWDAEIPLCKPVNCGPPEDLAHGFPNGFSFIHGGHIQYQCFPGYKLHGNSSRRCLSNGSWSGSSP SCLPCRCSTPVIEYGTVNGTDFDCGKAARIQCFKGFKLLGLSEITCEADGQWSSGFPHCEHTSCGSLPMIPNAFI SETSSWKENVITYSCRSGYVIQGSSDLICTEKGVWSQPYPVCEPLSCGSPPSVANAVATGEAHTYESEVKLRCLE GYTMDTDTDTFTCQKDGRWFPERISCSPKKCPLPENITHILVHGDDFSVNRQVSVSCAEGYTFEGVNISVCQLDG TWEPPFSDESCSPVSCGKPESPEHGFVVGSKYTFESTIIYQCEPGYELEGNRERVCQENRQWSGGVAICKETRCE TPLEFLNGKADIENRTTGPNVVYSCNRGYSLEGPSEAHCTENGTWSHPVPLCKPNPCPVPFVIPENALLSEKEFY VDQNVSIKCREGFLLQGHGIITCNPDETWTQTSAKCEKISCGPPAHVENAIARGVHYQYGDMITYSCYSGYMLEG FLRSVCLENGTWTSPPICRAVCRFPCQNGGICQRPNACSCPEGWMGRLCEEPICILPCLNGGRCVAPYQCDCPPG WTGSRCHTAVCQSPCLNGGKCVRPNRCHCLSSWTGHNCSRKRRTG   SEQ ID NO: 5 – TSP2 amino acid sequence (UniProt Accession No. P35442)  MVWRLVLLALWVWPSTQAGHQDKDTTFDLFSISNINRKTIGAKQFRGPDPGVPAYRFVRFDYIPPVNADDLSKIT KIMRQKEGFFLTAQLKQDGKSRGTLLALEGPGLSQRQFEIVSNGPADTLDLTYWIDGTRHVVSLEDVGLADSQWK NVTVQVAGETYSLHVGCDLIDSFALDEPFYEHLQAEKSRMYVAKGSARESHFRGLLQNVHLVFENSVEDILSKKG CQQGQGAEINAISENTETLRLGPHVTTEYVGPSSERRPEVCERSCEELGNMVQELSGLHVLVNQLSENLKRVSND NQFLWELIGGPPKTRNMSACWQDGRFFAENETWVVDSCTTCTCKKFKTICHQITCPPATCASPSFVEGECCPSCL HSVDGEEGWSPWAEWTQCSVTCGSGTQQRGRSCDVTSNTCLGPSIQTRACSLSKCDTRIRQDGGWSHWSPWSSCS VTCGVGNITRIRLCNSPVPQMGGKNCKGSGRETKACQGAPCPIDGRWSPWSPWSACTVTCAGGIRERTRVCNSPE PQYGGKACVGDVQERQMCNKRSCPVDGCLSNPCFPGAQCSSFPDGSWSCGSCPVGFLGNGTHCEDLDECALVPDI CFSTSKVPRCVNTQPGFHCLPCPPRYRGNQPVGVGLEAAKTEKQVCEPENPCKDKTHNCHKHAECIYLGHFSDPM YKCECQTGYAGDGLICGEDSDLDGWPNLNLVCATNATYHCIKDNCPHLPNSGQEDFDKDGIGDACDDDDDNDGVT DEKDNCQLLFNPRQADYDKDEVGDRCDNCPYVHNPAQIDTDNNGEGDACSVDIDGDDVFNERDNCPYVYNTDQRD TDGDGVGDHCDNCPLVHNPDQTDVDNDLVGDQCDNNEDIDDDGHQNNQDNCPYISNANQADHDRDGQGDACDPDD DNDGVPDDRDNCRLVFNPDQEDLDGDGRGDICKDDFDNDNIPDIDDVCPENNAISETDFRNFQMVPLDPKGTTQI DPNWVIRHQGKELVQTANSDPGIAVGFDEFGSVDFSGTFYVNTDRDDDYAGFVFGYQSSSRFYVVMWKQVTQTYW  
EDQPTRAYGYSGVSLKVVNSTTGTGEHLRNALWHTGNTPGQVRTLWHDPRNIGWKDYTAYRWHLTHRPKTGYIRV LVHEGKQVMADSGPIYDQTYAGGRLGLFVFSQEMVYFSDLKYECRDI SEQ ID NO: 6 – renin amino acid sequence (UniProt Accession No. P00797)  MDGWRRMPRWGLLLLLWGSCTFGLPTDTTTFKRIFLKRMPSIRESLKERGVDMARLGPEWSQPMKRLTLGNTTSS VILTNYMDTQYYGEIGIGTPPQTFKVVFDTGSSNVWVPSSKCSRLYTACVYHKLFDASDSSSYKHNGTELTLRYS TGTVSGFLSQDIITVGGITVTQMFGEVTEMPALPFMLAEFDGVVGMGFIEQAIGRVTPIFDNIISQGVLKEDVFS FYYNRDSENSQSLGGQIVLGGSDPQHYEGNFHYINLIKTGVWQIQMKGVSVGSSTLLCEDGCLALVDTGASYISG STSSIEKLMEALGAKKRLFDYVVKCNEGPTLPDISFHLGGKEYTLTSADYVFQESYSSKKLCTLAIHAMDIPPPT GPTWALGATFIRKFYTEFDRRNNRIGFALAR     EXAMPLES  The invention will be further clarified by the following examples, which are intended to be  purely exemplary of the invention and are in no way limiting.    Materials and methods    Study samples  Subjects  with  prevalent  idiopathic,  heritable,  or  drug‐induced  pulmonary  arterial  hypertension aged 18‐65 years  (PAH, n=357)  from the UK National Cohort Study of  Idiopathic and  Heritable Pulmonary Arterial Hypertension (clinicaltrials.gov NCT01907295) were recruited between  19th  February  2014  and  6th  November  2018.  The  diagnostic  criteria  for  idiopathic  IPAH  (IPAH)/heritable  PAH  (HPAH)  over  the  course  of  this  study  was  stable  ‐  raised  mean  pulmonary  arterial pressure (mPAP) ≥ 25 mmHg with pulmonary capillary wedge pressure (PCWP) ≤ 15 mmHg  (and pulmonary vascular resistance (PVR) ≥ 3 mmHg‐min/L, or Woods units) at rest with exclusion of  known  associated  diseases  according  to  contemporary  international  consensus.  70  age‐  and  sex‐ matched healthy controls without cardiovascular or respiratory diseases and 49 healthy relatives of  subjects with  PAH were  recruited  over  the  same  period  from  the  same  centres.  A  subset  of  262  subjects was re‐sampled at follow‐up visits averaging 6‐32 months apart (25‐75% was 10.2 ‐ 13.6).  Survival  status  for PAH subjects was censored on 14 March 2020. After a median  follow‐up of 4.7  years, 65 deaths and 13 transplants had occurred. 20 additional samples from three of the relatives  and one PAH case were sourced from the local biobank at Hammersmith Hospital, London.  Peripheral  venous  plasma  EDTA  samples  were  collected  as  described  in  Rhodes  et  al.  (Circulation  2017;135:460‐475)  and  were  obtained  with  informed  consent  and  research  ethics  committee approval (13/EE/0203, 17/LO/0563 and 17/LO/0565). Subjects were not fasting and were  sampled at their routine clinical appointment visits. The plasma samples underwent one freeze‐thaw   
cycle to aliquot 120 µL for SomaScan™ assay and provide other aliquots for NT‐proBNP and targeted  assays. Clinical and biochemical data were collected within 30 days and 7 days respectively of blood  sampling.     Proteomics analysis  Proteomic  analysis  was  performed  using  the  SOMAscan  version  4  assay  (Somalogic  Inc.  Boulder, CO, USA) and  technicians were blinded  to  subject  status. 4349  somamers  targeting 4152  unique proteins were included for analysis following removal of non‐human/non‐protein aptamers  and quality  control  to  select only  those with  stable measurements defined as <20% coefficient of  variance  in  the  repeated  pooled  plasma  assay  controls.  Relative  fluorescence  units  were  log10  transformed  to normalise protein  levels,  then  corrected  for  the  first  two principal  components by  linear regression to correct for population stratification or sample quality differences. Finally, protein  levels  were  standardised  to  the  healthy  control  levels  for  ease  of  interpretation  of  results  and  comparability of proteins.    Statistical analysis  Subjects  and  controls  from  the  dataset  were  randomised  into  discovery  and  validation  groups  in  a  2:1  ratio  to  adequately  power  discovery  analysis  of  all  proteins,  and  validation  of  proteins meeting  statistical  significance  (Table  1).  Protein  levels were  compared  between  healthy  controls and subjects by logistic regression analysis, correcting for age and sex. Sensitivity analyses  were  performed  to  confirm  protein  differences  were  independent  of  haemolysis  (cell  free  haemoglobin as covariate), anticoagulation therapy (coagulation factor X) or renal function (cystatin‐ c).  These markers were  obtained  through  the  aptamer  assay.  All  comparisons were  corrected  for  multiple testing using Benjamini‐Hochberg false discovery rate (FDR).  Prognostic proteins were identified by cox regression analysis correcting for age and sex and  all‐cause mortality or lung transplant for severe PAH were included as events. To prioritise proteins  independent of known prognostic factors models including 6‐minute walk distance (6MWD) or NT‐ proBNP were constructed. To identify the combination of markers which best predicted prognosis a  least  absolute  shrinkage  and  selection  operator  (lasso)  modelling  approach  using  k‐fold  cross‐ validation  (k=10)  was  applied,  with  regularisation  parameter  (lambda)  determined  by  the  lowest  error plus 1 standard error (to minimise over‐fitting) using the glmnet v2.0‐18 R package from CRAN.  This produces a protein score from a linear weighted combination of the proteins identified by the  lasso  analysis.  Receiver  operating  characteristic  (ROC)  analysis  was  performed  using  the  pROC  v1.14.0 and survivalROC v1.0.3 R packages.    
This prognostic protein lasso score was then compared with risk indicators (clinical targets)  as described by the international guidelines for PAH: WHO functional class=I or II, 6MWD >= 400m,  cardiac index (CI) >= 2.4 L/min/m2, BNP or NT‐proBNP < 150ng/L or 700ng/L, respectively. The WHO  guidelines give cut‐offs for low risk as follows:  6MWD 440m, CI 2.5 L/min/m²m, BNP or NT‐proBNP   50/300  ng/L  respectively.    Kaplan Meier  survival  estimates were  calculated  and  plotted  using  the  survival v3.1‐8 R package.  Data are presented as percentages, mean (±standard deviation, SD), 95% confidence interval  (95% CI) or median and percentile range. Analysis was performed in R (v.3.6.3) and SPSS (v26, IBM,  Armonk, NY, US).    Protein genome‐wide association studies  Whole  genome  sequence  data  were  accessed  for  PAH  subjects  through  the  UK  National  Institute for Health Research BioResource (NIHRBR) Rare Diseases study. A genome‐wide association  analysis  was  performed  for  protein  levels  and  autosomal  variants  with  a  minor  allele  frequency  (MAF) above 1%. Prior to analysis, log‐transformed protein levels were adjusted for age at sampling,  gender,  the  first  two  principle  components  of  proteomic  data  and  the  first  three  principle  components of genomic data in linear regression models. Residuals from this linear regression were  then  rank‐inverse  normalized  and  z‐scored.  Genome‐wide  association  studies  (GWAS)  were  performed  using  an  additive model  in  linear  regression with  the  SNPTEST  software  tool.  The  cis‐ region was defined as a ±500kb window from the transcription start site.   Additional protein quantitative  trait  loci  (pQTL) were curated  from three publicly available  protein GWAS and  validated  in  the PAH  cohort.  Together with  pQTL  from  the GWAS,  these were  then  pruned  for  linkage  disequilibrium  (LD)  using  European  individuals  from  the  1000  Genomes  phase 3 as reference panel in the PLINK software tool (LD r2<0.001 within ±10 Mb).    Mendelian randomisation studies  To prioritize for a causal relationship between genetically influenced protein levels and risk  of PAH, we applied two‐sample Mendelian randomisation (MR) analysis using the lead variants at a  given pQTL (exposure) and an international GWAS of PAH (outcome) as  instruments variables. The  PAH GWAS combined genetic  information on 11,744  individuals with European ancestry,  including  2,085 cases with idiopathic or heritable PAH.  The Wald  ratio  method  was  used  to  perform  the MR  analyses  if  the  protein  instrument  consisted only of a single variant and the random‐effects inverse‐variance weighted method if two  or  more  independent  variants  were  available  as  implemented  in  the  TwoSampleMR  v0.5.3  R‐  
package. Variants of the exposure and outcomes instrument were harmonised on the positive strand  and allele frequencies were used for palindromic variants. Only variants that were directly called in  the PAH GWAS were considered. For MR analyses proteins were selected that were associated with  PAH  against  healthy  controls  in  the  discovery  and  replication  subgroups  independent  of  possible  confounders and that were linked to clinical outcomes in PAH.    Immunohistochemistry  Formalin‐fixed  paraffin‐embedded  human  lung  tissue  blocks  from  idiopathic  PAH  subjects  and  unused  non‐PAH  donors  (n=3  each)  were  sectioned  (2µm  thickness),  de‐paraffinized  and  re‐ hydrated and immunohistochemistry was performed. Briefly, antigen retrieval was achieved through  pressure  cooking  in  Tris‐EDTA  buffer  (pH  9.0)  followed  by  BSA  (10%)  blocking  and  anti‐Netrin‐4  antibody  incubation  (1:25,  HPA049832,  Lot#R59752,  Sigma‐Aldrich,  St.  Louis,  MO,  USA).  Netrin‐4  protein expression was visualized via an alkaline phosphatase reaction using the ZytoChem‐Plus AP  Polymer‐Kit  (#POLAP‐100,  Zytomed  Systems,  Berlin,  Germany),  and  tissue  counter‐stained  with  haematoxylin.     Example 1 – Identifying circulating proteins associated with PAH    Table 2 details the baseline characteristics of the study groups, analysed as summarised in  Figure 1.  Discovery and validation subgroups of PAH subjects were used to investigate the association  of 4,152 plasma protein levels with survival. All 4,349 aptamers were used in Cox regression models  adjusted for age and sex. 622 and 53 exceeded FDR (q<0.05)  in the discovery and validation cohorts,  respectively.  6MWD  and  plasma  NT‐proBNP  levels  are  established,  non‐invasive  risk  assessment  tools  in  PAH.  48  of  53  aptamers  predicted  survival  independent  of  6MWD  and  33  aptamers,  representing 31 proteins, were also  independent of NT‐proBNP, age and sex  (p<0.05; Figure 2 and  Table 3).     Example 2 – Selection of PAH biomarker panel  To avoid analysing tenascin and SVEP1 more than once, the most significant aptamer from  the analysis against NT‐proBNP was chosen for these two proteins. LASSO analysis of combinations  of proteins in a Cox survival regression model selected six proteins (SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2  and PRDX4) to create a single model score in the pooled discovery and validation subject subgroups  (Table  1,  Figure  3).  The  score  accurately  discriminated  5‐year  transplant‐free  survivors  from  non‐ survivors in the entire UK PAH cohort (area under the curve 0.77, Figure 4).      
Example 3 – Screening in relatives of PAH subjects  The  protein  score  in  samples  taken  from  relatives  of  PAH  cases  undergoing  screening  for  PAH was calculated (Figure 5). The relatives (1.26 female:male, median age 40 years, Q25/75th 30‐ 56)  were  recruited  between  15‐April‐2014  and  9‐April‐2019  and  24  were  re‐sampled  after  12  months  (range  6‐17).  During  the  follow‐up  period  (median  40  months,  Q25/75th  28‐43),  3/49  individuals had developed PAH and the second samples from these subjects had significantly higher  NT‐proBNP  levels  and  protein  scores.  Similarly,  the  change  in  NT‐proBNP  (p=1.08x10‐8),  protein  model (p=2.06x10‐9) or combined model (p=1.82x10‐10) was significantly greater in those individuals  who developed PAH (Figure 5). A more detailed analysis of the three individuals who developed PAH   showed two  responded  to  targeted  therapies which was associated with a drop  in mean PAP and  prognostic protein levels (Figure 6), whereas the third subject developed PH and died four months.   Thus,  the  protein  score  predicted  development  of  PAH  (p=2.57x10‐7)  and  response  to  therapy  in  previously healthy relatives.    Example 4 – Monitoring of therapeutic response in a PAH subject  The  protein  score  was  calculated  using  serial  samples  taken  from  a  PAH  subject  who  had  been  exposed  to  multiple  PAH  targeted  therapies  without  significant  improvement  over  a  period  of  6  years but subsequently responded to treatment with two experimental PAH therapies, the tyrosine  kinase  inhibitor  imatinib and the activin receptor type  IIA  fusion protein sotatercept that acts as a  ligand trap. Consistent with a gradual increase in mean PAP and reduced exercise capacity over time,  the  protein  score  and  NT‐proBNP  levels  rose  steadily  in  the  subject  over  the  years  on  standard  therapies. After the initiation of imatinib treatment, the subject’s protein score improved distinctly,  in agreement with improved 6MWD and a modest drop in mean PAP from 70 mmHg to 62 mmHg,  whilst  NT‐proBNP  levels  remained  high.  Subsequently,  after  starting  sotatercept,  a  dramatic  decrease in NT‐proBNP was observed, paired with a substantial drop in mean PAP from 62 mmHg to  34 mmHg and continued decline of the protein score (Figure 8).   Thus, the protein score predicted  response  to  therapy  in  a  PAH  subject  monitored  over  8  years  with  a  dramatic  response  to  investigational therapies.    Example 5 – Interrogation of the panel’s robustness  ROC  analysis  was  performed  on  the  UK  cohort  using  the  pROC  v1.14.0  and  survivalROC  v1.0.3 R packages to assess robustness of the panel.  Combinations of 2, 3, 4 or 5 markers from the  panel were compared with complete 6‐protein panel.   As  shown  in Figures 9 and 10,    the protein  score produced by the panel is robust.  Whilst there was some decrease in the area under the curve      g.  .02581  .88E‐8  .93E‐7  .51E‐7  .24E‐6  .39E‐5  .91E‐8  .00918  .25E‐5  .55E‐6  .00023  .00079  .00369  .00278  .62E‐7  .87E‐5  .00043  .71E‐6  .00715  .62E‐6  .00065  .00037  0.0053  .00058  .00258  .92E‐5  .18E‐6  .02206  .00543  .00686  .00147  00085  0.01733  1.14  0.07  0.04788  1.29  0.09  0.00265  00184  0.02866  0.87  0.07  0.04835  0.77  0.08  0.00057                       00312 0.04217 1.21 0.05 0.00026 1.10 0.05  0.07223  00207  0.03146  1.09  0.04  0.04225  1.12  0.07  0.11978  00068 0.01694 1.07 0.03 0.05441 1.47 0.10  0.00011  00092  0.0178  1.10  0.05  0.06037  1.22  0.08  0.01089  00024  0.01127  1.13  0.07  0.07863  1.39  0.07  9.04E‐7  47E‐5  0.00715  1.15  0.08  0.08251  1.32  0.09  0.00123  00029  0.0117  1.15  0.09  0.12839  1.49  0.08  1.32E‐6  00032 0.0117 1.32 0.19 0.15337 1.70 0.23  0.01908  00032  0.0117  0.90  0.08  0.18132  0.68  0.09  7.85E‐6  00252 0.03738 1.13 0.10 0.2259 1.49 0.13  0.00165  00018  0.01127  0.94  0.11  0.55829  1.29  0.06  2.25E‐5  71E‐5  0.00433  1.04  0.07  0.55872  1.27  0.07  0.00093 00077  0.01733  1.03  0.08  0.70009  1.33  0.09  0.00198  30E‐5  0.00433  0.98  0.11  0.86243  0.65  0.12  0.00027 00387  0.04788  0.99  0.07  0.91457  1.30  0.06  1.96E‐5  00322  0.04261  0.99  0.07  0.92702  1.26  0.08  0.00344  19E‐5 0.00715 NA 0.00 NA 1.45 0.07  1.78E‐7  00393  0.04788  0.85  0.10  0.08738  1.05  0.10  0.62092  00272 0.03845 1.13 0.13 0.34499 1.38 0.17  0.05511  00388  0.04788  1.02  0.04  0.62627  1.10  0.06  0.11086 hi, von Willebrand factor type A, EGF and pentraxin domain‐tor type A, EGF and pentraxin domain‐containing protein 1;  nger  receptor  class  F  member  2;    Renin,  Renin;    MIC‐1, ndin‐2;   Collagen α‐3(VI), Collagen alpha‐3(VI) chain;   CSF‐1,  RhoC;    BMP‐6,  Bone morphogenetic  protein  6;    Tenascin, or ID‐2;  Endoglin, Endoglin;  S22AG, Solute carrier family 22 urtransferase;    OLFL3,  Olfactomedin‐like  protein  3;    CA125, a‐3;    TRAIL  R2,  Tumor  necrosis  factor  receptor  superfamily nase;  Angiopoietin‐2, Angiopoietin‐2;  RGS1, Regulator of G‐ erase 15;  BNP, Natriuretic peptides B;  IGFBP‐7, Insulin‐like  9,  Interleukin‐19;   NT‐proBNP, N‐terminal pro‐BNP;   Activin   
(AUC),  even  2‐protein  combinations  have  prognostic  utility.    Indeed,  even  some  single  proteins,  notably TSP2, PXDN, SVEP1 and NRP1 have prognostic potential when used individually (Tables 4 and  5).  Cox  regression  analysis  was  then  repeated  to  establish  survival  models  using  exemplary  combinations of two, three, four and five of the six proteins, as well as for each protein individually,  and  calculated  cut‐offs  for  each  model  and  protein  based  on  the  5‐year  outcomes  (all‐cause  mortality or lung‐transplantation) in the UK PAH cohort (Table 6).     Example 6 – differences in the plasma proteome between PAH subjects and controls  The  integrated  proteomic  and  genomic  analytic  workflow  to  identify  proteins  associated  with  PAH,  outcomes  (transplant‐free  survival)  and  genetic  control  (pQTLs)  leading  to  Mendelian  randomisation studies on those proteins that share all three features is presented in Figure 11.  Details of the subjects and healthy subjects that provided plasma samples are given in Table  2.  The  association  of  4,349  aptamers  (representing  4,152  proteins)  with  PAH  was  tested  using  logistic  regression  models  in  discovery  (n=69  controls,  239  PAH  subjects)  and  654  aptamers  in  replication  (n=34  controls  and  119  PAH  subjects),  correcting  for  age,  sex  and  other  confounders  (Table 2). In recognition of the systemic consequences of PAH, 10 proteins associated with impaired  renal  function  (exemplified  by  elevated  cystatin  C),  and  eleven  due  to  anticoagulation  treatment  (exemplified  by  suppressed  coagulation  factor  X)  were  excluded.  None  were  associated  due  to  haemolysis (exemplified by cellular‐free haemoglobin; data not shown). 208 proteins (measured by  215 aptamers) were  identified  that were  independently associated with PAH  (FDR q<0.05)  (Figure  12A).   Overrepresentation analysis  did not  find  enriched biological  processes  after  correction  for  multiple  testing,  but  nominally  significant  pathways  of  interest  included  cellular  response  to  starvation FDR q=0.39, P=0.00019 (e.g. GABA type A receptor‐associated protein and inhibin subunit  beta  B),  BMP  signaling  pathway  FDR  q=0.39,  P=0.00061  (e.g.  endoglin,  BMP  binding  endothelial  regulator,  hemojuvelin,  notch  receptor  1,  RGMA/B,  transforming  growth  factor  beta  receptor  3)  regulation  of  cell  growth  FDR  q=0.39,  P=0.00049  (e.g.  cyclin  dependent  kinase  inhibitor  2D,  endothelin  1,  epidermal  growth  factor  receptor,  insulin  like  growth  factor  1,  vascular  endothelial  growth factor A); extracellular structure organization FDR q=0.39, P=0.00048 (e.g.  COL18A1, fibulin  5,  fibrinogen  alpha,  furin,  hyaluronidase  1,  TIMP1)  and  cell  adhesion  FDR  q=0.39,  P=0.0010  (e.g.  ANTXR1, CD209, CD5, CSF1, integrin binding sialoprotein, spondin.1 and thrombospondin‐2).           Table  4:  ROC  analysis  of  individual  proteins  from  the  6‐protein  panel,  as well  as  2‐,  3‐,  4‐  and  5‐ protein combinations.        Table 5:   Comparison of the ROC analysis for the best/worst 2‐, 3‐, 4‐ and 5‐protein combinations,  compared with the full 6‐protein panel.    Table 6: ROC‐derived cut‐offs for models (exemplary two/three/four/five protein combinations) and  individual proteins. Proteins are expressed as z‐scores normalised to healthy control levels, such that  0 is the mean of healthy controls and units are standard deviations within healthy control group.       
Many  of  the  proteins  associated  with  PAH  demonstrate  protein‐protein  interactions  and  form clusters of strongly related proteins (Figure 12B).  The  effect  of  targeted  PAH  therapies  endothelin  receptor  antagonists  (ERA)  and  phosphodiesterase 5 (PDE5) inhibitors on circulating levels of the 208 proteins of interest was small  compared  to  the  effect  of  the  diagnosis  of  PAH  (mean  ratio  of  absolute  effect  sizes  of  drug  treatment:diagnosis of PAH was 0.22 for PDE5 inhibitor and 0.15 for ERA, Supplementary Figure 1).  Apart  from  PDE5  inhibitors  and  circulating  PDE5A  levels,  no  strong  single  effect  of  targeted  PAH  therapies on protein levels was observed data not shown)    Example 7 – Circulating proteins associated with genetic variation in PAH subjects  To  identify  pQTL  as  instruments  for  Mendelian  randomisation  analysis,  whole  genome  sequence  data  for  356  PAH  subjects  of  European  descent  that  contributed  samples  for  the  proteomic analysis were accessed. A GWAS using 8.1 million autosomal variants with a minor allele  frequency  (MAF)  above  1%  and  protein  level  data  from  baseline  plasma  samples  revealed  524  aptamer‐variant  pairs,  with  a  Bonferroni‐adjusted  significance  threshold  for  trans‐acting  loci  at  P<1.5x10‐11  (5x10‐8/4,349) and a genome‐wide significance threshold  for cis‐acting  loci at P<5x10‐8.  Each  association  pair  contained  the  sentinel  variant  with  the  lowest  p‐value  within  a  clump  of  correlated variants (LD r²<0.001 within ±10 Mb). 510/524 aptamer‐variant pairs were replicated  in  262  follow‐up  plasma  samples  from  the  same  subject  population  with  a  Bonferroni‐adjusted  significance threshold (P<9.54x10‐5 = 0.05/524). These aptamers targeted 486 distinct proteins and  383 (75%) variants were in cis  in relation to the encoding gene (data not shown). The location and  consequence of variants, the relation of MAF and effect size, as well as the proportion of variability  in plasma protein explained, mirror findings from protein GWAS in a population‐based cohort (data  not  shown).  The  effect  size  and  p‐value  of  aptamer‐variant  pairs were  generally  stable  over  time  (data not shown).   These pQTL were  cross‐validated with  a  list  curated  from protein GWAS  in  three  cohorts,  namely,  INTERVAL  (Sun et al. Nature 2018;558:73‐79), KORA  (Suhre et al. Nature communications  2017;8:14357) and AGES (Emilsson et al. Science (New York, NY) 2018;361:769‐773), and found that  1,377  protein‐variant  pairs  were  replicated  in  our  PAH  cohort  at  nominal  significance  and  with  shared effect direction (p<0.05; Supplementary Table 6). Conversely, 117 variant‐aptamer pairs (69  in cis and 48  in  trans)  identified  in our PAH cohort were not  in public databases and so represent  newly discovered pQTLs.        Example 8 – Association of pQTL with PAH  All pQTLs discovered  in PAH subjects or replicated  in PAH from three external populations  were then merged and pruned (LD r2<0.001 within ±10 Mb) to give 1,046 aptamer‐variant pairs as  potential  instruments  for Mendelian  randomisation  analysis  (data not  shown).  To enrich  for high‐ value  proteins,  these  aptamer‐variant  pairs  were  filtered  for  proteins  that  were  both  different  between PAH subjects and controls in the case‐control comparison and predicted clinical outcomes  in this subject population (Figure 13). This exercise yielded 8 circulating proteins (9 aptamers and 8  pQTLs). Mendelian randomisation analysis was conducted on these 8 proteins and 3 were associated  with  risk  for  PAH  at  Bonferroni‐adjusted  level  of  significance  (p<0.0056=0.05/9);  namely,  netrin‐4  (NET4, encoded by NTN4), thrombospondin‐2 (TSP2, encoded by THBS2) and endoglin (ENG; Figure  13, Table 7). While  the NET4 and TSP2 pQTL were cis,  the pQTL  for ENG was  trans and  located  in  proximity to the ABO gene locus.    Across non‐diseased human tissues, relative gene expression levels for NET4, TSP2 and ENG  are highest in arterial vessels (data not shown). We observed an increase in protein staining for NET4  in distal pulmonary vessels in lung sections from PAH subjects (Figure 14).  From these results, we conclude that the proteins netrin‐4, TSP2 and endoglin are causally  related to PAH.    Example 9 – Reproducibility of the new 6‐protein score and outperforms a previous prognostic  panel  A  previous  panel  of  nine  proteins  (consisting  of  interleukin‐1  receptor‐like  1  (IL1R1/ST2),  tissue  inhibitor  of  metalloproteinase  1  (TIMP‐1),  tissue  inhibitor  of  metalloproteinase  2(TIMP‐2),  plasminogen,  apolipoprotein‐E  (ApoE),  erythropoietin  (EPO),  complement  factor  H,  complement  factor D  and  insulin‐like  growth  factor  binding protein‐1  (IFGBP‐1)) was  compared with  the  single  protein  score  from the   6‐protein panel  selected  in Example 2.    The previous 9‐protein panel was  outperformed  by  the  novel  6‐protein  score  in  5‐year  ROC  analysis  (Figure  15).  The  SomaLogic  proteomic measurements  of  four  of  the  proteins  of  the  6‐protein  panel,  TSP‐2,  renin,  PXDN  and  NRP‐1,  were  validated  using  commercially  available  targeted  ELISA  assays  from  R&D  Systems  (DTSP20 1:5 dilution  in  standard buffer, DNRP10 1:200 dilution  in  standard buffer)  in  twenty PAH  patient  plasma  samples  selected  for  having  a  wide  range  of  protein  values  from  the  proteomic  measurements.  The  results  are  shown  in  Figure  16,  Spearman’s  Rho>=0.3‐0.9,  p<0.05    for  all).  Analysis of the power to predict survival of models constructed without 1 or more of the proteins  demonstrated that  loss of 1 or 2 proteins could be well tolerated in the dataset, where the model   
combining the 4 proteins validated by ELISA achieved an AUC of 0.841+/‐0.026, p=2.7x10‐19 (Tables  4 and 5).    Discussion   These  experiments  use  an  aptamer‐based  assay  to  investigate  how  plasma  levels  of  over  4000  proteins  relate  to  clinical  outcome  in  a  large  well‐phenotyped  UK  cohort  of  subjects  with  idiopathic, heritable or drug‐induced PAH. A prognostic  score based on 6 proteins was developed  and validated, which predicts  survival  independently of NT‐proBNP and 6MWD. The score  tracked  the development of PAH in relatives at risk of heritable PAH and the response of those relatives and  a subject to successful therapeutic intervention using experimental therapies.     Table 7: Results from Mendelian randomisation studies on 8 circulating proteins (9 aptamers).    Odds  95% Confidence  Genetic  pQTL  Gene  UniPROT  ratio  interval  p‐value  variant  location  NTN4  Q9HB63  1.55  1.16  2.08  0.0035  rs17288108  CIS  THBS2  P35442  0.83  0.74  0.94  0.0040  rs73043857  CIS  ENG  P17813  0.78  0.66  0.92  0.0042  rs651007  TRANS  GDF15  Q99988  1.09  0.94  1.26  0.24  rs45543339  CIS  RNASE1  P07998  1.20  0.85  1.68  0.29  rs17254387  CIS  SVEP1  Q4LDE5  1.10  0.92  1.32  0.30  rs61751937  CIS  SVEP1  Q4LDE5  1.11  0.91  1.36  0.30  rs61751937  CIS  IGFBP7  Q16270  0.98  0.78  1.23  0.87  rs10832169  CIS  SPON1  Q9HCB6  1.01  0.85  1.22  0.88  rs1718849  CIS    The  biomarkers  identified  in  this  study  are  report  directly  upon  the  vascular  remodelling  process  and  track  survival  independent  of  NT‐proBNP  and  6MWD.    The  score  was  prognostic  independent  of  the  combination  of  functional  class,  6MWD,  cardiac  index  and  BNP/NT‐proBNP  targets, suggesting  it could be used  in combination with these established factors. Specifically,  the  protein score added greater granularity  to  risk stratification by clinical  targets based on  functional  class, 6‐MWD, cardiac index, mean right atrial pressure and BNP/NT‐proBNP, and identified subjects   
at risk even if 2 or more clinical targets were met at follow‐up, suggesting it has potential utility in  combination with these established factors.   The  6  proteins  that  comprise  the  score  emerged  from  statistical  modelling  but  have  biological plausibility. Two of them have clear functional  links to vascular remodelling and fibrosis.  Peroxidasin  homolog  (PXDN)  is  induced  by  TGF‐beta  in  human  pulmonary  fibroblasts  and  the  secreted  protein  is  incorporated  into  the  extracellular  matrix,  colocalising  with  fibronectin  and  harnessing bromine to stabilise collagen IV scaffolds. It promotes angiogenesis through activation of  Akt and FAK (focal adhesion kinase). SVEP1, also known as Polydom, is a ligand for integrin α9β1 and  a breast cancer antigen, with genetic links to cardiovascular and specifically coronary diseases. It also  has a crucial conserved role in lymphatic development. Two other proteins have links to endothelial  function. Neuropilin‐1  (NRP1)  is  implicated  in angiogenesis, cell  survival and migration, acting as a  coreceptor  for  vascular  endothelial  growth  factor  (VEGF)  and  semaphorins,  and  in  cardiac  regeneration  in  zebrafish.  Recently,  NRP1  has  been  shown  to  be  essential  for  the  signalling  of  angiopoietin‐like  4  (ANGPTL4).  Treatment  with  a  soluble  fragment  of  NRP1  (sNRP1)  prevented  ANGPTL4  from  binding  to  NRP1,  blocking  ANGPTL4‐induced  activation  of  RhoA  and  endothelial  permeability in vitro and retinal vascular leakage in vivo. NRP1 is hypoxia‐sensitive and upregulation  has been reported in studies of adaptation to high altitude. Thrombospondin‐2 (TSP2) is a secreted  matricellular  protein  and  raised  levels  are  found  in  heart  failure,  with  cardiac  fibroblasts  being  a  potential source. However, gene expression in arterial tissue is high relative to other non‐diseased  human tissues (Genotype‐Tissue Expression database, V8 Release) and changes  in gene expression  found  in  laser  micro‐dissected  pulmonary  vessels  from  subjects  with  pulmonary  hypertension  associated with pulmonary fibrosis. TSP2 inhibits human microvascular endothelial cell proliferation  and TSP2 knockout mice  show enhanced angiogenesis.  Impaired TSP2 activity would appear  to be  detrimental  to  vascular  and  cardiac  homeostasis,  this  being  supported  by  recent  Mendelian  randomisation  analysis  using  a  pQTL  for  TSP2  as  a  genetic  instrument.  Elevated  circulating  TSP2  would  be  consistent  with  a  compensatory  response  in  PAH,  in  an  attempt  to  reduce  pulmonary  vascular damage.   Peroxiredoxin‐4 (PRDX4) is an antioxidant enzyme that regulates the activation of  NF‐kappa‐B  in  the  cytosol  by  a modulation  of  I‐kappa‐B‐alpha  phosphorylation.  PRDX4  levels  are  elevated  in  idiopathic  pulmonary  fibrosis  and  overexpression  worsens  bleomycin  induced  IPF  in  mice. Galectin‐3 (which is elevated in heart failure) inhibits PRDX4 levels, promoting cardiac fibrosis.  Finally,  renin  levels  likely  relate  to  the  systemic  consequences of PAH and  the  cross‐talk between  right heart  function and the kidney. Reduced cardiac output affects efferent renal arteriolar blood  flow, which stimulates release of renin from juxtaglomerular cells.    
Plasma levels of NT‐proBNP and the 6‐protein panel score increased with the development  of  pulmonary  hypertension  in  the  three  relatives  studied,  illustrating  the  value  of  serial  measurements  and  a  rising  level/score within  an  individual  should be of  great  concern.  From  the  data  available  on  these  relatives,  NT‐proBNP  and  the  protein  panel  score  track  together.  Interestingly,  serial  measurements  of  the  6‐protein  panel  score  in  a  subject  who  received  and  symptomatically  improved  on  imatinib,  a  drug  hypothesised  to  act  by  addressing  remodelling  directly, show that the 6‐panel score responded, along  with an increase in 6MWD, before a fall  in  NT‐proBNP, suggesting that a change in the 6‐panel score has potential to inform drug response and  therapy selection before a change is observed in NT‐proBNP.   These  experiments  also  provide  a  systematic  unbiased  analysis  of  the  perturbed  plasma  proteome of a cohort of subjects with clinically defined idiopathic or heritable PAH followed over a  median  of  4.7  years.  Using  stringent  criteria,  the  investigation  searched  for  proteins  where  circulating  levels  discriminate  PAH  from  health,  carry  prognostic  information,  and  are  controlled  genetically;  that  is,  have  a  pQTL  validated  in  our  PAH  cohort.  Eight  proteins  satisfied  all  three  conditions.  Mendelian  randomisation  analysis  using  pQTLs  for  these  8  proteins  implicate  3  as  causally related to PAH; netrin‐4, thrombospondin‐2 (TSP2) and endoglin.   All  three  of  netrin‐4,  TSP2  and  endoglin  are  biologically  plausible  candidates  for  a  role  in  pulmonary  vascular  disease.  Netrin‐4 (NET4)  is  a  secreted  protein,  highly  expressed  in  vascular  endothelium and upregulated by laminar shear stress. Functionally, it has been shown to modulate  angiogenic activity in a variety of experimental models. Studies in cell culture support a pro‐survival  role  for netrin‐4 at physiological  concentrations. Plasma  levels were elevated  in  the PAH subjects,  consistent  with  increased  protein  staining  in  distal  pulmonary  vessels  in  lung  sections  from  PAH  subjects,  and  associated  with  a  poor  prognosis.  Mendelian  randomisation  analysis  supported  a  causative  association  between  increased  levels  and  PAH.  Recent  structural  biology  and  kinetic  binding studies suggest that netrin‐4 does not bind to the canonical receptors  in the netrin family.  Rather,  the angiogenic effects of netrin‐4 may depend, at  least at higher concentrations, on direct  binding to extracellular matrix components, such as laminin γ1 chains in the basement membrane or  integrin α6β1, the main receptor for vascular  laminins on endothelial cells. High‐affinity binding of  netrin‐4 to laminin could potentially disrupt pre‐existing laminin networks and impair the integrity of  the endothelial basement membrane and vessel wall.   TSP2  is  discussed  above  in  the  context  of  the  6‐protein  panel.  The  direction  of  the  relationship in our Mendelian randomisation analysis suggests that reduced TSP2 is harmful, which is  in  keeping  with  the  essential  role  of  TSP2  in  maintaining  matrix  integrity  and  adaptation  to  haemodynamic  stress.  While  the  Mendelian  randomisation  analysis  may  seem  at  odds  with  the   
relationship of plasma levels to prognosis, an analogy can be drawn with NT‐proBNP; elevated levels  of NT‐proBNP are also associated with a poor prognosis but, given the properties of this peptide, this  is interpreted as an ameliorating compensatory response rather than seen as pathological.     Endoglin  (ENG)  is  a  homodimeric  transmembrane  glycoprotein  strongly  expressed  on  vascular endothelial cells. It has a large extracellular domain that is cleaved and circulates as soluble  endoglin.  Elevated  plasma  soluble  endoglin  levels,  measured  by  ELISA,  in  PAH,  together  with  increased  staining  for  the  protein  in  the  small  vessels  and  plexiform  lesions  in  lungs  from  PAH  subjects, has been documented previously. Consistent with these findings, elevated soluble endoglin  levels are associated with a poor clinical outcome. This seems at odds with family studies showing  loss‐of‐function  mutations  in  ENG,  which  is  a  co‐receptor  for  BMP9  signalling,  associated  with  hereditary haemorrhagic telangiectasia and PAH. Although soluble endoglin binds BMP9, a protein  that promotes endothelial survival and quiescence, with high affinity,  it does not appear to  inhibit  BMP9 signalling;  the  soluble endoglin:BMP9 complex can  signal  in endothelial  cells with  the  same  potency as BMP9.  Thus elevated endoglin levels, like elevated NT‐proBNP, likely reflect an attempt  to protect the vascular endothelium as opposed to disrupt it.   The proteins  that  comprise  the 6‐protein panel/single protein  score emerged  from  robust  statistical modelling of the largest plasma proteome study in PAH to date. The 6‐protein composite  score was generated as a practical tool for risk stratification to be used in addition to NT‐proBNP and  clinical risk factors, and has been validated by ELISA for four of the proteins.  To  conclude,  circulating  proteins  can  be  used  to  predict  prognosis  in  PAH  and  report  on  mechanisms distinct from established factors in PAH, such as NT‐proBNP. The risk score developed  was robust in an external cohort of incident cases, appears to have potential for utility in screening  and treatment monitoring.  In addition, Mendelian randomisation analysis suggests that therapeutic  interventions that inhibit netrin‐4 activity or augment TSP2 and endoglin activity may be beneficial in  PAH.         

Claims

CLAIMS    1. A method  for  diagnosing  or  determining  a  prognosis  for  pulmonary  arterial  hypertension  (PAH), the method comprising:    (a) quantifying  the amount of two or more biomarkers present in a sample obtained from a  subject, wherein the two or more biomarkers are selected from Sushi, Von Willebrand  Factor  Type  A,  EGF  And  Pentraxin  Domain‐Containing  Protein  1  (SVEP1),  peroxidasin  (PXDN),  renin,  neuropilin  1  (NRP1),  thrombospondin  2  (TSP2)  and  peroxiredoxin‐4  (PRDX4);   (b) comparing the amount of the two or more biomarkers with the amount of the same two  or more biomarkers in a reference standard;    and thereby diagnosing or determining a prognosis for PAH.   
2. A method for optimising  therapy for a subject undergoing treatment  for PAH, the method  comprising:    (a) quantifying  the amount of two or more biomarkers present in a sample obtained from a  subject,  wherein  the  two  or more  biomarkers  are  selected  from  SVEP1,  PXDN,  renin,  NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4;   (b) comparing the amount of the two or more biomarkers with the amount of the same two  or more biomarkers in a reference standard; and  (c) (i)  changing  the  therapy  if  the  amount  of  the  two  or  more  biomarkers  is  increased  relative to the reference standard; or  (ii)  maintaining the therapy if the amount of the two or more biomarkers is the same or  lower relative to the reference standard.   
3. The method according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the step of comparing the amount of the two  or more biomarkers with  the amount of  the same  two or more biomarkers  in a  reference  standard comprises calculating a single protein score for the two or more biomarkers.   
4. The method according to claim 3, wherein:      
(a) the single protein score is a weighted combination score of the two or more biomarkers;  and/or  (b) calculating  the single protein score comprises calculating z‐scores  for  the  two or more  biomarkers relative to the two or more biomarkers in the reference standard, weighting  the  z‐scores  and  adding  the  z‐scores  for  the  two or more  biomarkers  to  arrive  at  the  single protein score.   
5. The method according to claim 4, wherein weighting the z‐scores comprises multiplying the  z‐scores for the two or more biomarkers by the corresponding coefficient set out in Table 1.   
6. The method of claim 5, wherein the method comprises:    (a) (i)  diagnosing PAH when the single protein score is at least 1; or  (ii)  not diagnosing PAH when the single protein score is less than 1;  (b) (i)   determining a prognosis for PAH of the subject being at high risk of PAH progression  when the single protein score is at least 0.57; or  (ii)  determining a prognosis for PAH of the subject being at low risk of PAH progression  when the single protein score is less than 0.57; or  (c) (i)   changing the subject’s therapy when the single protein score is at least 0.57; or  (ii)  maintaining the subject’s therapy when the single protein score is less than 0.57.   
7. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, which comprises quantifying  the  amount of two, three, four, five or six of the biomarkers.   
8. The  method  according  to  any  one  of  the  preceding  claims,  wherein  the  two  or  more  biomarkers comprise or consist of:    (a) at least one of SVEP1, PXDN, NRP1 and TSP2;   (b) renin and TSP2;  (c) renin, NRP1 and TSP2;  (d) renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4;  (e) PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4; or  (f) SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4.     
9. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the amount of each the  two  or  more  biomarkers  is  quantified  using  an  aptamer‐based  assay,  ELISA,  microarray  analysis and/or quantitative real‐time PCR (qPCR).    
10. The method according to claim 9, wherein the aptamer‐based assay:    (a) uses slow off‐rate modified aptamers; and/or  (b) is a multiplex aptamer‐based assay.   
11. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the sample is a biofluid  sample,  preferably  wherein  the  sample  is  a  blood  sample  a  serum  sample  or  a  plasma  sample.    
12. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein the reference standard  is: (i) a non‐PAH reference standard; or (ii) a PAH reference standard.   
13. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, which further comprises:    (a) quantifying  the  amount  of  one  or  more  additional  biomarker  for  PAH,  wherein  preferably said one or more additional biomarker for PAH is N‐terminal prohormone of  brain natriuretic peptide (NT‐proBNP) in the sample;  (b) measuring the pulmonary arterial pressure (PAP) of the subject;   (c) measuring the cardiac index of the subject; and/or  (d) determining the six‐minute walk distance (6MWD) of the subject.   
14. The method according  to any one of  the preceding claims, wherein  the amount of  two or  more biomarkers in the subject is determined at least twice using a separate sample taken  each time the amount of the two or more biomarkers is quantified.   
15. The method according to any one of the preceding claims, wherein:    (a) the sample is taken before treatment initiation;  (b) the sample is taken after treatment initiation; or  (c) separate samples are taken before and after treatment initiation.   
  16. The method according to any one of the preceding claims further comprising recording the  output of at least one step on a data‐storage medium.   
17. A data‐storage medium comprising data obtained by the method of any preceding claim.   
18. A  computer  program  product  comprising  program  instructions  to  cause  a  processor  to  perform the method of any one of claims 1 to 15.   
19. A method of treating PAH, the method comprising:    (a) obtaining the results of a method according to any one of claims 1 to 15;   (b) administering a PAH therapy when PAH is diagnosed; and   (c) optionally administering a different therapy when PAH is not diagnosed.   
20. The  method  according  to  claim  19,  wherein  the  PAH  therapy  is  selected  from  a  TGFβ  superfamily  ligand  trap,  an  endothelin  receptor  antagonist,  particularly  a  selective  ETA  receptor antagonist, a phosphodiesterase type 5 (PDE5) inhibitor, a prostanoid analogue or  agonist, particularly a prostaglandin I2 (PGI2) analogue or agonist, a nitric oxide stimulator, a  tyrosine kinase  inhibitor, or a  combination  thereof; wherein optionally  the PAH  therapy  is  selected  from  sotatercept,  sildenafil,  ambrisentan,  iloprost,  macitentan,imatinib,  epoprostenol, riociguat, selexipag, tadalafil and bosentan or a combination thereof.     
21. Use of two or more of SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4 as biomarkers for PAH.   
22. A  device  for  carrying  out  the  method  according  to  any  one  of  claims  1  to  15,  which  comprises reagents for quantification of the two or more biomarkers; wherein optionally the  device further comprises an internal control.   
23. The device according to claim 22, wherein the reagents for quantification of the two or more  biomarkers comprise:    (a) one or more aptamer specific for each of the two or more biomarkers;   (b) one or more antibody specific for each of the two or more biomarkers; or    
(c) one or more antibody for at least one of the two or more biomarkers, and one or more  aptamer specific for the two or more biomarkers for which an antibody is not provided.   
24. A kit comprising reagents for quantification of two or more biomarkers selected from SVEP1,  PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4, wherein preferably the kit comprises reagents for the  quantification of SVEP1, PXDN, renin, NRP1, TSP2 and PRDX4.   
25. The kit according to claim 24, wherein:    (a) the reagents are for quantification of the two or more biomarkers by an aptamer‐based  assay or by ELISA; and/or  (b) the kit further comprises standards for use in quantifying the two or more biomarkers by  an aptamer‐based assay or by ELISA.       
EP21801202.9A 2020-10-15 2021-10-15 Proteome analysis in pulmonary hypertension Pending EP4229417A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GBGB2016349.9A GB202016349D0 (en) 2020-10-15 2020-10-15 Proteome analysis in pulmonary hypertension
PCT/GB2021/052681 WO2022079448A1 (en) 2020-10-15 2021-10-15 Proteome analysis in pulmonary hypertension

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
EP4229417A1 true EP4229417A1 (en) 2023-08-23

Family

ID=73598504

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
EP21801202.9A Pending EP4229417A1 (en) 2020-10-15 2021-10-15 Proteome analysis in pulmonary hypertension

Country Status (3)

Country Link
EP (1) EP4229417A1 (en)
GB (1) GB202016349D0 (en)
WO (1) WO2022079448A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP4515246A1 (en) * 2022-04-24 2025-03-05 SomaLogic Operating Co., Inc. Methods for sample quality assessment

Family Cites Families (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5204244A (en) 1987-10-27 1993-04-20 Oncogen Production of chimeric antibodies by homologous recombination
US5202238A (en) 1987-10-27 1993-04-13 Oncogen Production of chimeric antibodies by homologous recombination
US5223409A (en) 1988-09-02 1993-06-29 Protein Engineering Corp. Directed evolution of novel binding proteins
IL99552A0 (en) 1990-09-28 1992-08-18 Ixsys Inc Compositions containing procaryotic cells,a kit for the preparation of vectors useful for the coexpression of two or more dna sequences and methods for the use thereof
WO2009123730A1 (en) * 2008-04-02 2009-10-08 The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania Methods for diagnosis and prognosis of pulmonary hypertension
US20150072360A1 (en) * 2011-12-14 2015-03-12 The Johns Hopkins University Biomarkers of pulmonary hypertension
US10557860B2 (en) * 2014-08-21 2020-02-11 The Johns Hopkins University Circulating pulmonary hypertension biomarker

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
GB202016349D0 (en) 2020-12-02
WO2022079448A1 (en) 2022-04-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP3224625B1 (en) Biomarkers of fast progression of chronic kidney disease
US10557171B2 (en) Methods for the treatment of kidney fibrosis
US12600773B2 (en) Treatment of diuretic resistant heart failure patients having at least one copy of the TMPRSS6 rs855791 allele
KR20170013993A (en) The effective and efficient control of serum phosphate for optimal bone formation
KR20180036788A (en) Biomarkers for alopecia treatment
JP2015519311A (en) Methods of treating ankylosing spondylitis with IL-17 antagonists
JP2017513937A (en) Method for selectively treating asthma using IL-13 an agonist
Sun et al. Isoform-selective TGF-β3 inhibition for systemic sclerosis
WO2014155278A2 (en) Methods of treating autoimmune diseases using il-17 antagonists
CN113490511B (en) Anti-CD 6 antibody compositions and methods for treating lupus
US20240110927A1 (en) End stage renal disease biomarker panel
EP4229417A1 (en) Proteome analysis in pulmonary hypertension
KR20250152080A (en) Gene regulation and its uses in ulcerative colitis
US20250199013A1 (en) Methods for detecting cm-tma biomarkers
JP2020060580A (en) Anti il4-il13 bispecific antibody
WO2011085811A1 (en) Method for evaluating the response of rheumatoid arthritis patients to therapy and for diagnosing disease severity
SG184571A1 (en) A biomarker for renal function in patients with type 2 diabetes
TWI916880B (en) Precision treatment of heart failure and cardiorenal syndrome
WO2017089593A1 (en) Inhibitors for treating or preventing a pulmonary arterial hypertension in systemic sclerosis patients and method for diagnosing said disease
CN116783487A (en) End-stage renal disease biomarker panel
WO2015160786A1 (en) Method of diagnosing, prognosing, and treating lupus nephritis
HK40052994B (en) Anti-cd6 antibody compositions and methods for treating lupus
US20190249256A1 (en) Method for determining the risk of developing arthritis
HK40052994A (en) Anti-cd6 antibody compositions and methods for treating lupus
HK1242740B (en) Methods of prognosing, diagnosing and treating idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: UNKNOWN

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: THE INTERNATIONAL PUBLICATION HAS BEEN MADE

PUAI Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase

Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012

STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: REQUEST FOR EXAMINATION WAS MADE

17P Request for examination filed

Effective date: 20230515

AK Designated contracting states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AL AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HR HU IE IS IT LI LT LU LV MC MK MT NL NO PL PT RO RS SE SI SK SM TR

DAV Request for validation of the european patent (deleted)
DAX Request for extension of the european patent (deleted)
STAA Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent

Free format text: STATUS: EXAMINATION IS IN PROGRESS

17Q First examination report despatched

Effective date: 20240529